polyclip/0000755000176200001440000000000012700043440012077 5ustar liggesuserspolyclip/configure.ac0000644000176200001440000000600312676675012014406 0ustar liggesusersAC_INIT(polyclip,[1.5-4]) AC_PROG_CXX AC_LANG([C++]) dnl Check for presence of C++11 CXX1X=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX1X` if test "${CXX1X}" != ""; then echo "compiling under C++11" CXX1XSTD=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX1XSTD` CXX="${CXX1X} ${CXX1XSTD}" POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR="CXX_STD = CXX11" CXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX1XFLAGS` else echo "C++11 is not supported; compiling under vanilla C++" CXX=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX` POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR="" CXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXXFLAGS` fi CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS` dnl Check for availability of 64-bit integer types in C++ dnl Signed 64-bit integer long64="" name64="signed 64-bit integers (cInt)" if test "${CXX1X}" != ""; then long64="signed long long" POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([int64_t],[long64="int64_t"],[],[#include ]) if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([int_fast64_t],[long64="int_fast64_t"],[],[#include ]) if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([int_least64_t],[long64="int_least64_t"],[],[#include ]) if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([long long],[long64="long long"]) if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else echo "Error: unable to find a C++ data type for ${name64}" exit 1 fi fi fi fi fi echo " In src/clipper.h, ${name64}" echo " will be declared as '${long64}'" dnl Unsigned 64-bit integer ulong64="" uname64="unsigned 64-bit integers (cUInt)" if test "${CXX1X}" != ""; then ulong64="unsigned long long" POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint64_t],[ulong64="uint64_t"],[],[#include ]) if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint_fast64_t],[ulong64="uint_fast64_t"],[],[#include ]) if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([uint_least64_t],[ulong64="uint_least64_t"],[],[#include ]) if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long],[ulong64="unsigned long long"]) if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else echo "Error: unable to find a C++ data type for ${uname64}" exit 1 fi fi fi fi fi echo " In src/clipper.h, ${uname64}" echo " will be declared as '${ulong64}'" dnl Put results in C++ preprocessor flags POLYCLIP_CPPFLAGS="-DPOLYCLIP_LONG64=\"${POLYCLIP_LONG64}\" -DPOLYCLIP_ULONG64=\"${POLYCLIP_ULONG64}\"" POLYCLIP_CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS}" AC_SUBST(POLYCLIP_CPPFLAGS) AC_SUBST(POLYCLIP_CXXFLAGS) AC_SUBST(POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR) AC_CONFIG_FILES([src/Makevars]) AC_OUTPUT polyclip/src/0000755000176200001440000000000012677636722012716 5ustar liggesuserspolyclip/src/clipper.h0000644000176200001440000003717112677636723014537 0ustar liggesusers/******************************************************************************* * * * Author : Angus Johnson * * Version : 6.4.0 * * Date : 2 July 2015 * * Website : http://www.angusj.com * * Copyright : Angus Johnson 2010-2015 * * * * License: * * Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. * * http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt * * * * Attributions: * * The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: * * "A generic solution to polygon clipping" * * Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63. * * http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906 * * * * Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms * * By Max K. Agoston * * Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005) * * http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston * * * * See also: * * "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers" * * Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575 * * ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences * * and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005) * * September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA * * http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf * * * *******************************************************************************/ /**************************************************************************** * * * Modified by Adrian Baddeley * * for inclusion in an 'R' package * * * * Alterations are switched on/off by variable 'R_PACKAGE' * * Alterations are marked by 'ajb' * ****************************************************************************/ // ajb start #define R_PACKAGE // ajb end #ifndef clipper_hpp #define clipper_hpp #define CLIPPER_VERSION "6.2.6" //use_int32: When enabled 32bit ints are used instead of 64bit ints. This //improve performance but coordinate values are limited to the range +/- 46340 //#define use_int32 //use_xyz: adds a Z member to IntPoint. Adds a minor cost to perfomance. //#define use_xyz //use_lines: Enables line clipping. Adds a very minor cost to performance. #define use_lines //use_deprecated: Enables temporary support for the obsolete functions //#define use_deprecated #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include namespace ClipperLib { enum ClipType { ctIntersection, ctUnion, ctDifference, ctXor }; enum PolyType { ptSubject, ptClip }; //By far the most widely used winding rules for polygon filling are //EvenOdd & NonZero (GDI, GDI+, XLib, OpenGL, Cairo, AGG, Quartz, SVG, Gr32) //Others rules include Positive, Negative and ABS_GTR_EQ_TWO (only in OpenGL) //see http://glprogramming.com/red/chapter11.html enum PolyFillType { pftEvenOdd, pftNonZero, pftPositive, pftNegative }; #ifdef use_int32 typedef int cInt; static cInt const loRange = 0x7FFF; static cInt const hiRange = 0x7FFF; #else // ajb start #ifdef POLYCLIP_LONG64 // 64-bit types in are found using a configuration script #include typedef POLYCLIP_LONG64 cInt; typedef POLYCLIP_LONG64 long64; typedef POLYCLIP_ULONG64 ulong64; #else // e.g. Windows typedef signed long long cInt; typedef signed long long long64; //used by Int128 class typedef unsigned long long ulong64; #endif static cInt const loRange = 0x3FFFFFFF; // was: static cInt const hiRange = 0x3FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFLL; static cInt const hiRange = (((cInt) 0x3FFFFFFF) << 32 | 0xFFFFFFFF); // ajb end #endif struct IntPoint { cInt X; cInt Y; #ifdef use_xyz cInt Z; IntPoint(cInt x = 0, cInt y = 0, cInt z = 0): X(x), Y(y), Z(z) {}; #else IntPoint(cInt x = 0, cInt y = 0): X(x), Y(y) {}; #endif friend inline bool operator== (const IntPoint& a, const IntPoint& b) { return a.X == b.X && a.Y == b.Y; } friend inline bool operator!= (const IntPoint& a, const IntPoint& b) { return a.X != b.X || a.Y != b.Y; } }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ typedef std::vector< IntPoint > Path; typedef std::vector< Path > Paths; inline Path& operator <<(Path& poly, const IntPoint& p) {poly.push_back(p); return poly;} inline Paths& operator <<(Paths& polys, const Path& p) {polys.push_back(p); return polys;} #ifndef R_PACKAGE std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p); std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p); std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p); #endif struct DoublePoint { double X; double Y; DoublePoint(double x = 0, double y = 0) : X(x), Y(y) {} DoublePoint(IntPoint ip) : X((double)ip.X), Y((double)ip.Y) {} }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifdef use_xyz typedef void (*ZFillCallback)(IntPoint& e1bot, IntPoint& e1top, IntPoint& e2bot, IntPoint& e2top, IntPoint& pt); #endif enum InitOptions {ioReverseSolution = 1, ioStrictlySimple = 2, ioPreserveCollinear = 4}; enum JoinType {jtSquare, jtRound, jtMiter}; enum EndType {etClosedPolygon, etClosedLine, etOpenButt, etOpenSquare, etOpenRound}; class PolyNode; typedef std::vector< PolyNode* > PolyNodes; class PolyNode { public: PolyNode(); virtual ~PolyNode(){}; Path Contour; PolyNodes Childs; PolyNode* Parent; PolyNode* GetNext() const; bool IsHole() const; bool IsOpen() const; int ChildCount() const; private: unsigned Index; //node index in Parent.Childs bool m_IsOpen; JoinType m_jointype; EndType m_endtype; PolyNode* GetNextSiblingUp() const; void AddChild(PolyNode& child); friend class Clipper; //to access Index friend class ClipperOffset; }; class PolyTree: public PolyNode { public: ~PolyTree(){Clear();}; PolyNode* GetFirst() const; void Clear(); int Total() const; private: PolyNodes AllNodes; friend class Clipper; //to access AllNodes }; bool Orientation(const Path &poly); double Area(const Path &poly); int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path); void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd); void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd); void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd); void CleanPolygon(const Path& in_poly, Path& out_poly, double distance = 1.415); void CleanPolygon(Path& poly, double distance = 1.415); void CleanPolygons(const Paths& in_polys, Paths& out_polys, double distance = 1.415); void CleanPolygons(Paths& polys, double distance = 1.415); void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed); void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Paths& paths, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed); void MinkowskiDiff(const Path& poly1, const Path& poly2, Paths& solution); void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths); void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths); void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths); void ReversePath(Path& p); void ReversePaths(Paths& p); struct IntRect { cInt left; cInt top; cInt right; cInt bottom; }; //enums that are used internally ... enum EdgeSide { esLeft = 1, esRight = 2}; //forward declarations (for stuff used internally) ... struct TEdge; struct IntersectNode; struct LocalMinimum; struct OutPt; struct OutRec; struct Join; typedef std::vector < OutRec* > PolyOutList; typedef std::vector < TEdge* > EdgeList; typedef std::vector < Join* > JoinList; typedef std::vector < IntersectNode* > IntersectList; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ //ClipperBase is the ancestor to the Clipper class. It should not be //instantiated directly. This class simply abstracts the conversion of sets of //polygon coordinates into edge objects that are stored in a LocalMinima list. class ClipperBase { public: ClipperBase(); virtual ~ClipperBase(); virtual bool AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed); bool AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed); virtual void Clear(); IntRect GetBounds(); bool PreserveCollinear() {return m_PreserveCollinear;}; void PreserveCollinear(bool value) {m_PreserveCollinear = value;}; protected: void DisposeLocalMinimaList(); TEdge* AddBoundsToLML(TEdge *e, bool IsClosed); virtual void Reset(); TEdge* ProcessBound(TEdge* E, bool IsClockwise); void InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y); bool PopScanbeam(cInt &Y); bool LocalMinimaPending(); bool PopLocalMinima(cInt Y, const LocalMinimum *&locMin); OutRec* CreateOutRec(); void DisposeAllOutRecs(); void DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index); void SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *edge1, TEdge *edge2); void DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e); void UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e); typedef std::vector MinimaList; MinimaList::iterator m_CurrentLM; MinimaList m_MinimaList; bool m_UseFullRange; EdgeList m_edges; bool m_PreserveCollinear; bool m_HasOpenPaths; PolyOutList m_PolyOuts; TEdge *m_ActiveEdges; typedef std::priority_queue ScanbeamList; ScanbeamList m_Scanbeam; }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ class Clipper : public virtual ClipperBase { public: Clipper(int initOptions = 0); bool Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd); bool Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType); bool Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, PolyFillType fillType = pftEvenOdd); bool Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType); bool ReverseSolution() { return m_ReverseOutput; }; void ReverseSolution(bool value) {m_ReverseOutput = value;}; bool StrictlySimple() {return m_StrictSimple;}; void StrictlySimple(bool value) {m_StrictSimple = value;}; //set the callback function for z value filling on intersections (otherwise Z is 0) #ifdef use_xyz void ZFillFunction(ZFillCallback zFillFunc); #endif protected: virtual bool ExecuteInternal(); private: JoinList m_Joins; JoinList m_GhostJoins; IntersectList m_IntersectList; ClipType m_ClipType; typedef std::list MaximaList; MaximaList m_Maxima; TEdge *m_SortedEdges; bool m_ExecuteLocked; PolyFillType m_ClipFillType; PolyFillType m_SubjFillType; bool m_ReverseOutput; bool m_UsingPolyTree; bool m_StrictSimple; #ifdef use_xyz ZFillCallback m_ZFill; //custom callback #endif void SetWindingCount(TEdge& edge); bool IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge& edge) const; bool IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge& edge) const; void InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY); void InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge* startEdge); void AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge); bool PopEdgeFromSEL(TEdge *&edge); void CopyAELToSEL(); void DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e); void SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *edge1, TEdge *edge2); bool IsContributing(const TEdge& edge) const; bool IsTopHorz(const cInt XPos); void DoMaxima(TEdge *e); void ProcessHorizontals(); void ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge); void AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &pt); OutPt* AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &pt); OutRec* GetOutRec(int idx); void AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2); void IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, IntPoint &pt); OutPt* AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt); OutPt* GetLastOutPt(TEdge *e); bool ProcessIntersections(const cInt topY); void BuildIntersectList(const cInt topY); void ProcessIntersectList(); void ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY); void BuildResult(Paths& polys); void BuildResult2(PolyTree& polytree); void SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec); void DisposeIntersectNodes(); bool FixupIntersectionOrder(); void FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec); void FixupOutPolyline(OutRec &outrec); bool IsHole(TEdge *e); bool FindOwnerFromSplitRecs(OutRec &outRec, OutRec *&currOrfl); void FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec); void AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint offPt); void ClearJoins(); void ClearGhostJoins(); void AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint offPt); bool JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2); void JoinCommonEdges(); void DoSimplePolygons(); void FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec); void FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec* InnerOutRec, OutRec* OuterOutRec); void FixupFirstLefts3(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec); #ifdef use_xyz void SetZ(IntPoint& pt, TEdge& e1, TEdge& e2); #endif }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ class ClipperOffset { public: ClipperOffset(double miterLimit = 2.0, double roundPrecision = 0.25); ~ClipperOffset(); void AddPath(const Path& path, JoinType joinType, EndType endType); void AddPaths(const Paths& paths, JoinType joinType, EndType endType); void Execute(Paths& solution, double delta); void Execute(PolyTree& solution, double delta); void Clear(); double MiterLimit; double ArcTolerance; private: Paths m_destPolys; Path m_srcPoly; Path m_destPoly; std::vector m_normals; double m_delta, m_sinA, m_sin, m_cos; double m_miterLim, m_StepsPerRad; IntPoint m_lowest; PolyNode m_polyNodes; void FixOrientations(); void DoOffset(double delta); void OffsetPoint(int j, int& k, JoinType jointype); void DoSquare(int j, int k); void DoMiter(int j, int k, double r); void DoRound(int j, int k); }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifndef R_PACKAGE class clipperException : public std::exception { public: clipperException(const char* description): m_descr(description) {} virtual ~clipperException() throw() {} virtual const char* what() const throw() {return m_descr.c_str();} private: std::string m_descr; }; #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ } //ClipperLib namespace #endif //clipper_hpp polyclip/src/clipper.cpp0000644000176200001440000041636612677636723015101 0ustar liggesusers/******************************************************************************* * * * Author : Angus Johnson * * Version : 6.4.0 * * Date : 2 July 2015 * * Website : http://www.angusj.com * * Copyright : Angus Johnson 2010-2015 * * * * License: * * Use, modification & distribution is subject to Boost Software License Ver 1. * * http://www.boost.org/LICENSE_1_0.txt * * * * Attributions: * * The code in this library is an extension of Bala Vatti's clipping algorithm: * * "A generic solution to polygon clipping" * * Communications of the ACM, Vol 35, Issue 7 (July 1992) pp 56-63. * * http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906 * * * * Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms * * By Max K. Agoston * * Springer; 1 edition (January 4, 2005) * * http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston * * * * See also: * * "Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers" * * Paper no. DETC2005-85513 pp. 565-575 * * ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences * * and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference (IDETC/CIE2005) * * September 24-28, 2005 , Long Beach, California, USA * * http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf * * * *******************************************************************************/ /******************************************************************************* * * * This is a translation of the Delphi Clipper library and the naming style * * used has retained a Delphi flavour. * * * *******************************************************************************/ /**************************************************************************** * * * Modified by Adrian Baddeley * * for inclusion in an 'R' package * * * * Alterations are switched on/off by variable 'R_PACKAGE' * * Alterations are marked by 'ajb' * ****************************************************************************/ // ajb start #define R_PACKAGE #include "clipper.h" // ajb end #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include // ajb start #ifdef R_PACKAGE #include #include // Do not include Rmath.h !!! Some kind of conflict.. #include #endif /* divert error messages to R error handler */ #ifndef R_PACKAGE #define THROW(A) throw A #define THROWCLIPPER(A) throw clipperException(A) #define THROWBLANK(A) throw #else #define THROW(A) error(A) #define THROWCLIPPER(A) THROW(A) #define THROWBLANK(A) THROW(A) #endif // ajb end namespace ClipperLib { static double const pi = 3.141592653589793238; static double const two_pi = pi *2; static double const def_arc_tolerance = 0.25; enum Direction { dRightToLeft, dLeftToRight }; static int const Unassigned = -1; //edge not currently 'owning' a solution static int const Skip = -2; //edge that would otherwise close a path #define HORIZONTAL (-1.0E+40) #define TOLERANCE (1.0e-20) #define NEAR_ZERO(val) (((val) > -TOLERANCE) && ((val) < TOLERANCE)) struct TEdge { IntPoint Bot; IntPoint Curr; //current (updated for every new scanbeam) IntPoint Top; double Dx; PolyType PolyTyp; EdgeSide Side; //side only refers to current side of solution poly int WindDelta; //1 or -1 depending on winding direction int WindCnt; int WindCnt2; //winding count of the opposite polytype int OutIdx; TEdge *Next; TEdge *Prev; TEdge *NextInLML; TEdge *NextInAEL; TEdge *PrevInAEL; TEdge *NextInSEL; TEdge *PrevInSEL; }; struct IntersectNode { TEdge *Edge1; TEdge *Edge2; IntPoint Pt; }; struct LocalMinimum { cInt Y; TEdge *LeftBound; TEdge *RightBound; }; struct OutPt; //OutRec: contains a path in the clipping solution. Edges in the AEL will //carry a pointer to an OutRec when they are part of the clipping solution. struct OutRec { int Idx; bool IsHole; bool IsOpen; OutRec *FirstLeft; //see comments in clipper.pas PolyNode *PolyNd; OutPt *Pts; OutPt *BottomPt; }; struct OutPt { int Idx; IntPoint Pt; OutPt *Next; OutPt *Prev; }; struct Join { OutPt *OutPt1; OutPt *OutPt2; IntPoint OffPt; }; struct LocMinSorter { inline bool operator()(const LocalMinimum& locMin1, const LocalMinimum& locMin2) { return locMin2.Y < locMin1.Y; } }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline cInt Round(double val) { if ((val < 0)) return static_cast(val - 0.5); else return static_cast(val + 0.5); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline cInt Abs(cInt val) { return val < 0 ? -val : val; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // PolyTree methods ... //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void PolyTree::Clear() { for (PolyNodes::size_type i = 0; i < AllNodes.size(); ++i) delete AllNodes[i]; AllNodes.resize(0); Childs.resize(0); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PolyNode* PolyTree::GetFirst() const { if (!Childs.empty()) return Childs[0]; else return 0; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ int PolyTree::Total() const { int result = (int)AllNodes.size(); //with negative offsets, ignore the hidden outer polygon ... if (result > 0 && Childs[0] != AllNodes[0]) result--; return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // PolyNode methods ... //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PolyNode::PolyNode(): Childs(), Parent(0), Index(0), m_IsOpen(false) { } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ int PolyNode::ChildCount() const { return (int)Childs.size(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void PolyNode::AddChild(PolyNode& child) { unsigned cnt = (unsigned)Childs.size(); Childs.push_back(&child); child.Parent = this; child.Index = cnt; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PolyNode* PolyNode::GetNext() const { if (!Childs.empty()) return Childs[0]; else return GetNextSiblingUp(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ PolyNode* PolyNode::GetNextSiblingUp() const { if (!Parent) //protects against PolyTree.GetNextSiblingUp() return 0; else if (Index == Parent->Childs.size() - 1) return Parent->GetNextSiblingUp(); else return Parent->Childs[Index + 1]; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool PolyNode::IsHole() const { bool result = true; PolyNode* node = Parent; while (node) { result = !result; node = node->Parent; } return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool PolyNode::IsOpen() const { return m_IsOpen; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifndef use_int32 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Int128 class (enables safe math on signed 64bit integers) // eg Int128 val1((long64)9223372036854775807); //ie 2^63 -1 // Int128 val2((long64)9223372036854775807); // Int128 val3 = val1 * val2; // val3.AsString => "85070591730234615847396907784232501249" (8.5e+37) //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ class Int128 { public: ulong64 lo; long64 hi; Int128(long64 _lo = 0) { lo = (ulong64)_lo; if (_lo < 0) hi = -1; else hi = 0; } Int128(const Int128 &val): lo(val.lo), hi(val.hi){} Int128(const long64& _hi, const ulong64& _lo): lo(_lo), hi(_hi){} Int128& operator = (const long64 &val) { lo = (ulong64)val; if (val < 0) hi = -1; else hi = 0; return *this; } bool operator == (const Int128 &val) const {return (hi == val.hi && lo == val.lo);} bool operator != (const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this == val);} bool operator > (const Int128 &val) const { if (hi != val.hi) return hi > val.hi; else return lo > val.lo; } bool operator < (const Int128 &val) const { if (hi != val.hi) return hi < val.hi; else return lo < val.lo; } bool operator >= (const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this < val);} bool operator <= (const Int128 &val) const { return !(*this > val);} Int128& operator += (const Int128 &rhs) { hi += rhs.hi; lo += rhs.lo; if (lo < rhs.lo) hi++; return *this; } Int128 operator + (const Int128 &rhs) const { Int128 result(*this); result+= rhs; return result; } Int128& operator -= (const Int128 &rhs) { *this += -rhs; return *this; } Int128 operator - (const Int128 &rhs) const { Int128 result(*this); result -= rhs; return result; } Int128 operator-() const //unary negation { if (lo == 0) return Int128(-hi, 0); else return Int128(~hi, ~lo + 1); } operator double() const { const double shift64 = 18446744073709551616.0; //2^64 if (hi < 0) { if (lo == 0) return (double)hi * shift64; else return -(double)(~lo + ~hi * shift64); } else return (double)(lo + hi * shift64); } }; //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Int128 Int128Mul (long64 lhs, long64 rhs) { bool negate = (lhs < 0) != (rhs < 0); if (lhs < 0) lhs = -lhs; ulong64 int1Hi = ulong64(lhs) >> 32; ulong64 int1Lo = ulong64(lhs & 0xFFFFFFFF); if (rhs < 0) rhs = -rhs; ulong64 int2Hi = ulong64(rhs) >> 32; ulong64 int2Lo = ulong64(rhs & 0xFFFFFFFF); //nb: see comments in clipper.pas ulong64 a = int1Hi * int2Hi; ulong64 b = int1Lo * int2Lo; ulong64 c = int1Hi * int2Lo + int1Lo * int2Hi; Int128 tmp; tmp.hi = long64(a + (c >> 32)); tmp.lo = long64(c << 32); tmp.lo += long64(b); if (tmp.lo < b) tmp.hi++; if (negate) tmp = -tmp; return tmp; }; #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Miscellaneous global functions //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Orientation(const Path &poly) { return Area(poly) >= 0; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ double Area(const Path &poly) { int size = (int)poly.size(); if (size < 3) return 0; double a = 0; for (int i = 0, j = size -1; i < size; ++i) { a += ((double)poly[j].X + poly[i].X) * ((double)poly[j].Y - poly[i].Y); j = i; } return -a * 0.5; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ double Area(const OutPt *op) { const OutPt *startOp = op; if (!op) return 0; double a = 0; do { a += (double)(op->Prev->Pt.X + op->Pt.X) * (double)(op->Prev->Pt.Y - op->Pt.Y); op = op->Next; } while (op != startOp); return a * 0.5; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ double Area(const OutRec &outRec) { return Area(outRec.Pts); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool PointIsVertex(const IntPoint &Pt, OutPt *pp) { OutPt *pp2 = pp; do { if (pp2->Pt == Pt) return true; pp2 = pp2->Next; } while (pp2 != pp); return false; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ //See "The Point in Polygon Problem for Arbitrary Polygons" by Hormann & Agathos //http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/download?doi=10.1.1.88.5498&rep=rep1&type=pdf int PointInPolygon(const IntPoint &pt, const Path &path) { //returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary int result = 0; size_t cnt = path.size(); if (cnt < 3) return 0; IntPoint ip = path[0]; for(size_t i = 1; i <= cnt; ++i) { IntPoint ipNext = (i == cnt ? path[0] : path[i]); if (ipNext.Y == pt.Y) { if ((ipNext.X == pt.X) || (ip.Y == pt.Y && ((ipNext.X > pt.X) == (ip.X < pt.X)))) return -1; } if ((ip.Y < pt.Y) != (ipNext.Y < pt.Y)) { if (ip.X >= pt.X) { if (ipNext.X > pt.X) result = 1 - result; else { double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y); if (!d) return -1; if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) result = 1 - result; } } else { if (ipNext.X > pt.X) { double d = (double)(ip.X - pt.X) * (ipNext.Y - pt.Y) - (double)(ipNext.X - pt.X) * (ip.Y - pt.Y); if (!d) return -1; if ((d > 0) == (ipNext.Y > ip.Y)) result = 1 - result; } } } ip = ipNext; } return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ int PointInPolygon (const IntPoint &pt, OutPt *op) { //returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt ON polygon boundary int result = 0; OutPt* startOp = op; for(;;) { if (op->Next->Pt.Y == pt.Y) { if ((op->Next->Pt.X == pt.X) || (op->Pt.Y == pt.Y && ((op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) == (op->Pt.X < pt.X)))) return -1; } if ((op->Pt.Y < pt.Y) != (op->Next->Pt.Y < pt.Y)) { if (op->Pt.X >= pt.X) { if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) result = 1 - result; else { double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y); if (!d) return -1; if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) result = 1 - result; } } else { if (op->Next->Pt.X > pt.X) { double d = (double)(op->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Next->Pt.Y - pt.Y) - (double)(op->Next->Pt.X - pt.X) * (op->Pt.Y - pt.Y); if (!d) return -1; if ((d > 0) == (op->Next->Pt.Y > op->Pt.Y)) result = 1 - result; } } } op = op->Next; if (startOp == op) break; } return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Poly2ContainsPoly1(OutPt *OutPt1, OutPt *OutPt2) { OutPt* op = OutPt1; do { //nb: PointInPolygon returns 0 if false, +1 if true, -1 if pt on polygon int res = PointInPolygon(op->Pt, OutPt2); if (res >= 0) return res > 0; op = op->Next; } while (op != OutPt1); return true; } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- bool SlopesEqual(const TEdge &e1, const TEdge &e2, bool UseFullInt64Range) { #ifndef use_int32 if (UseFullInt64Range) return Int128Mul(e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y, e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == Int128Mul(e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X, e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y); else #endif return (e1.Top.Y - e1.Bot.Y) * (e2.Top.X - e2.Bot.X) == (e1.Top.X - e1.Bot.X) * (e2.Top.Y - e2.Bot.Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3, bool UseFullInt64Range) { #ifndef use_int32 if (UseFullInt64Range) return Int128Mul(pt1.Y-pt2.Y, pt2.X-pt3.X) == Int128Mul(pt1.X-pt2.X, pt2.Y-pt3.Y); else #endif return (pt1.Y-pt2.Y)*(pt2.X-pt3.X) == (pt1.X-pt2.X)*(pt2.Y-pt3.Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool SlopesEqual(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3, const IntPoint pt4, bool UseFullInt64Range) { #ifndef use_int32 if (UseFullInt64Range) return Int128Mul(pt1.Y-pt2.Y, pt3.X-pt4.X) == Int128Mul(pt1.X-pt2.X, pt3.Y-pt4.Y); else #endif return (pt1.Y-pt2.Y)*(pt3.X-pt4.X) == (pt1.X-pt2.X)*(pt3.Y-pt4.Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline bool IsHorizontal(TEdge &e) { return e.Dx == HORIZONTAL; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline double GetDx(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2) { return (pt1.Y == pt2.Y) ? HORIZONTAL : (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X) / (pt2.Y - pt1.Y); } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------- inline void SetDx(TEdge &e) { cInt dy = (e.Top.Y - e.Bot.Y); if (dy == 0) e.Dx = HORIZONTAL; else e.Dx = (double)(e.Top.X - e.Bot.X) / dy; } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------- inline void SwapSides(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2) { EdgeSide Side = Edge1.Side; Edge1.Side = Edge2.Side; Edge2.Side = Side; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline void SwapPolyIndexes(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2) { int OutIdx = Edge1.OutIdx; Edge1.OutIdx = Edge2.OutIdx; Edge2.OutIdx = OutIdx; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline cInt TopX(TEdge &edge, const cInt currentY) { return ( currentY == edge.Top.Y ) ? edge.Top.X : edge.Bot.X + Round(edge.Dx *(currentY - edge.Bot.Y)); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void IntersectPoint(TEdge &Edge1, TEdge &Edge2, IntPoint &ip) { #ifdef use_xyz ip.Z = 0; #endif double b1, b2; if (Edge1.Dx == Edge2.Dx) { ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y; ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); return; } else if (Edge1.Dx == 0) { ip.X = Edge1.Bot.X; if (IsHorizontal(Edge2)) ip.Y = Edge2.Bot.Y; else { b2 = Edge2.Bot.Y - (Edge2.Bot.X / Edge2.Dx); ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge2.Dx + b2); } } else if (Edge2.Dx == 0) { ip.X = Edge2.Bot.X; if (IsHorizontal(Edge1)) ip.Y = Edge1.Bot.Y; else { b1 = Edge1.Bot.Y - (Edge1.Bot.X / Edge1.Dx); ip.Y = Round(ip.X / Edge1.Dx + b1); } } else { b1 = Edge1.Bot.X - Edge1.Bot.Y * Edge1.Dx; b2 = Edge2.Bot.X - Edge2.Bot.Y * Edge2.Dx; double q = (b2-b1) / (Edge1.Dx - Edge2.Dx); ip.Y = Round(q); if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) ip.X = Round(Edge1.Dx * q + b1); else ip.X = Round(Edge2.Dx * q + b2); } if (ip.Y < Edge1.Top.Y || ip.Y < Edge2.Top.Y) { if (Edge1.Top.Y > Edge2.Top.Y) ip.Y = Edge1.Top.Y; else ip.Y = Edge2.Top.Y; if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) < std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); else ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); } //finally, don't allow 'ip' to be BELOW curr.Y (ie bottom of scanbeam) ... if (ip.Y > Edge1.Curr.Y) { ip.Y = Edge1.Curr.Y; //use the more vertical edge to derive X ... if (std::fabs(Edge1.Dx) > std::fabs(Edge2.Dx)) ip.X = TopX(Edge2, ip.Y); else ip.X = TopX(Edge1, ip.Y); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ReversePolyPtLinks(OutPt *pp) { if (!pp) return; OutPt *pp1, *pp2; pp1 = pp; do { pp2 = pp1->Next; pp1->Next = pp1->Prev; pp1->Prev = pp2; pp1 = pp2; } while( pp1 != pp ); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void DisposeOutPts(OutPt*& pp) { if (pp == 0) return; pp->Prev->Next = 0; while( pp ) { OutPt *tmpPp = pp; pp = pp->Next; delete tmpPp; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline void InitEdge(TEdge* e, TEdge* eNext, TEdge* ePrev, const IntPoint& Pt) { std::memset(e, 0, sizeof(TEdge)); e->Next = eNext; e->Prev = ePrev; e->Curr = Pt; e->OutIdx = Unassigned; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void InitEdge2(TEdge& e, PolyType Pt) { if (e.Curr.Y >= e.Next->Curr.Y) { e.Bot = e.Curr; e.Top = e.Next->Curr; } else { e.Top = e.Curr; e.Bot = e.Next->Curr; } SetDx(e); e.PolyTyp = Pt; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TEdge* RemoveEdge(TEdge* e) { //removes e from double_linked_list (but without removing from memory) e->Prev->Next = e->Next; e->Next->Prev = e->Prev; TEdge* result = e->Next; e->Prev = 0; //flag as removed (see ClipperBase.Clear) return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline void ReverseHorizontal(TEdge &e) { //swap horizontal edges' Top and Bottom x's so they follow the natural //progression of the bounds - ie so their xbots will align with the //adjoining lower edge. [Helpful in the ProcessHorizontal() method.] std::swap(e.Top.X, e.Bot.X); #ifdef use_xyz std::swap(e.Top.Z, e.Bot.Z); #endif } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void SwapPoints(IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2) { IntPoint tmp = pt1; pt1 = pt2; pt2 = tmp; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool GetOverlapSegment(IntPoint pt1a, IntPoint pt1b, IntPoint pt2a, IntPoint pt2b, IntPoint &pt1, IntPoint &pt2) { //precondition: segments are Collinear. if (Abs(pt1a.X - pt1b.X) > Abs(pt1a.Y - pt1b.Y)) { if (pt1a.X > pt1b.X) SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b); if (pt2a.X > pt2b.X) SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b); if (pt1a.X > pt2a.X) pt1 = pt1a; else pt1 = pt2a; if (pt1b.X < pt2b.X) pt2 = pt1b; else pt2 = pt2b; return pt1.X < pt2.X; } else { if (pt1a.Y < pt1b.Y) SwapPoints(pt1a, pt1b); if (pt2a.Y < pt2b.Y) SwapPoints(pt2a, pt2b); if (pt1a.Y < pt2a.Y) pt1 = pt1a; else pt1 = pt2a; if (pt1b.Y > pt2b.Y) pt2 = pt1b; else pt2 = pt2b; return pt1.Y > pt2.Y; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool FirstIsBottomPt(const OutPt* btmPt1, const OutPt* btmPt2) { OutPt *p = btmPt1->Prev; while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) p = p->Prev; double dx1p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt)); p = btmPt1->Next; while ((p->Pt == btmPt1->Pt) && (p != btmPt1)) p = p->Next; double dx1n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt1->Pt, p->Pt)); p = btmPt2->Prev; while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) p = p->Prev; double dx2p = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt)); p = btmPt2->Next; while ((p->Pt == btmPt2->Pt) && (p != btmPt2)) p = p->Next; double dx2n = std::fabs(GetDx(btmPt2->Pt, p->Pt)); if (std::max(dx1p, dx1n) == std::max(dx2p, dx2n) && std::min(dx1p, dx1n) == std::min(dx2p, dx2n)) return Area(btmPt1) > 0; //if otherwise identical use orientation else return (dx1p >= dx2p && dx1p >= dx2n) || (dx1n >= dx2p && dx1n >= dx2n); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutPt* GetBottomPt(OutPt *pp) { OutPt* dups = 0; OutPt* p = pp->Next; while (p != pp) { if (p->Pt.Y > pp->Pt.Y) { pp = p; dups = 0; } else if (p->Pt.Y == pp->Pt.Y && p->Pt.X <= pp->Pt.X) { if (p->Pt.X < pp->Pt.X) { dups = 0; pp = p; } else { if (p->Next != pp && p->Prev != pp) dups = p; } } p = p->Next; } if (dups) { //there appears to be at least 2 vertices at BottomPt so ... while (dups != p) { if (!FirstIsBottomPt(p, dups)) pp = dups; dups = dups->Next; while (dups->Pt != pp->Pt) dups = dups->Next; } } return pp; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(const IntPoint pt1, const IntPoint pt2, const IntPoint pt3) { if ((pt1 == pt3) || (pt1 == pt2) || (pt3 == pt2)) return false; else if (pt1.X != pt3.X) return (pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X); else return (pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool HorzSegmentsOverlap(cInt seg1a, cInt seg1b, cInt seg2a, cInt seg2b) { if (seg1a > seg1b) std::swap(seg1a, seg1b); if (seg2a > seg2b) std::swap(seg2a, seg2b); return (seg1a < seg2b) && (seg2a < seg1b); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // ClipperBase class methods ... //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ClipperBase::ClipperBase() //constructor { m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); //begin() == end() here m_UseFullRange = false; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ClipperBase::~ClipperBase() //destructor { Clear(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void RangeTest(const IntPoint& Pt, bool& useFullRange) { if (useFullRange) { if (Pt.X > hiRange || Pt.Y > hiRange || -Pt.X > hiRange || -Pt.Y > hiRange) THROWCLIPPER("Coordinate outside allowed range"); } else if (Pt.X > loRange|| Pt.Y > loRange || -Pt.X > loRange || -Pt.Y > loRange) { useFullRange = true; RangeTest(Pt, useFullRange); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TEdge* FindNextLocMin(TEdge* E) { for (;;) { while (E->Bot != E->Prev->Bot || E->Curr == E->Top) E = E->Next; if (!IsHorizontal(*E) && !IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) break; while (IsHorizontal(*E->Prev)) E = E->Prev; TEdge* E2 = E; while (IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Next; if (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) continue; //ie just an intermediate horz. if (E2->Prev->Bot.X < E->Bot.X) E = E2; break; } return E; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TEdge* ClipperBase::ProcessBound(TEdge* E, bool NextIsForward) { TEdge *Result = E; TEdge *Horz = 0; if (E->OutIdx == Skip) { //if edges still remain in the current bound beyond the skip edge then //create another LocMin and call ProcessBound once more if (NextIsForward) { while (E->Top.Y == E->Next->Bot.Y) E = E->Next; //don't include top horizontals when parsing a bound a second time, //they will be contained in the opposite bound ... while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Prev; } else { while (E->Top.Y == E->Prev->Bot.Y) E = E->Prev; while (E != Result && IsHorizontal(*E)) E = E->Next; } if (E == Result) { if (NextIsForward) Result = E->Next; else Result = E->Prev; } else { //there are more edges in the bound beyond result starting with E if (NextIsForward) E = Result->Next; else E = Result->Prev; MinimaList::value_type locMin; locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; locMin.LeftBound = 0; locMin.RightBound = E; E->WindDelta = 0; Result = ProcessBound(E, NextIsForward); m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); } return Result; } TEdge *EStart; if (IsHorizontal(*E)) { //We need to be careful with open paths because this may not be a //true local minima (ie E may be following a skip edge). //Also, consecutive horz. edges may start heading left before going right. if (NextIsForward) EStart = E->Prev; else EStart = E->Next; if (IsHorizontal(*EStart)) //ie an adjoining horizontal skip edge { if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X && EStart->Top.X != E->Bot.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); } else if (EStart->Bot.X != E->Bot.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); } EStart = E; if (NextIsForward) { while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Next->Bot.Y && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip) Result = Result->Next; if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Next->OutIdx != Skip) { //nb: at the top of a bound, horizontals are added to the bound //only when the preceding edge attaches to the horizontal's left vertex //unless a Skip edge is encountered when that becomes the top divide Horz = Result; while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Prev)) Horz = Horz->Prev; if (Horz->Prev->Top.X > Result->Next->Top.X) Result = Horz->Prev; } while (E != Result) { E->NextInLML = E->Next; if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); E = E->Next; } if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); Result = Result->Next; //move to the edge just beyond current bound } else { while (Result->Top.Y == Result->Prev->Bot.Y && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) Result = Result->Prev; if (IsHorizontal(*Result) && Result->Prev->OutIdx != Skip) { Horz = Result; while (IsHorizontal(*Horz->Next)) Horz = Horz->Next; if (Horz->Next->Top.X == Result->Prev->Top.X || Horz->Next->Top.X > Result->Prev->Top.X) Result = Horz->Next; } while (E != Result) { E->NextInLML = E->Prev; if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); E = E->Prev; } if (IsHorizontal(*E) && E != EStart && E->Bot.X != E->Next->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); Result = Result->Prev; //move to the edge just beyond current bound } return Result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool ClipperBase::AddPath(const Path &pg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed) { #ifdef use_lines if (!Closed && PolyTyp == ptClip) THROWCLIPPER("AddPath: Open paths must be subject."); #else if (!Closed) THROWCLIPPER("AddPath: Open paths have been disabled."); #endif int highI = (int)pg.size() -1; if (Closed) while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[0])) --highI; while (highI > 0 && (pg[highI] == pg[highI -1])) --highI; if ((Closed && highI < 2) || (!Closed && highI < 1)) return false; //create a new edge array ... TEdge *edges = new TEdge [highI +1]; bool IsFlat = true; //1. Basic (first) edge initialization ... try { edges[1].Curr = pg[1]; RangeTest(pg[0], m_UseFullRange); RangeTest(pg[highI], m_UseFullRange); InitEdge(&edges[0], &edges[1], &edges[highI], pg[0]); InitEdge(&edges[highI], &edges[0], &edges[highI-1], pg[highI]); for (int i = highI - 1; i >= 1; --i) { RangeTest(pg[i], m_UseFullRange); InitEdge(&edges[i], &edges[i+1], &edges[i-1], pg[i]); } } catch(...) { delete [] edges; THROWBLANK("range test fails"); } TEdge *eStart = &edges[0]; //2. Remove duplicate vertices, and (when closed) collinear edges ... TEdge *E = eStart, *eLoopStop = eStart; for (;;) { //nb: allows matching start and end points when not Closed ... if (E->Curr == E->Next->Curr && (Closed || E->Next != eStart)) { if (E == E->Next) break; if (E == eStart) eStart = E->Next; E = RemoveEdge(E); eLoopStop = E; continue; } if (E->Prev == E->Next) break; //only two vertices else if (Closed && SlopesEqual(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr, m_UseFullRange) && (!m_PreserveCollinear || !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(E->Prev->Curr, E->Curr, E->Next->Curr))) { //Collinear edges are allowed for open paths but in closed paths //the default is to merge adjacent collinear edges into a single edge. //However, if the PreserveCollinear property is enabled, only overlapping //collinear edges (ie spikes) will be removed from closed paths. if (E == eStart) eStart = E->Next; E = RemoveEdge(E); E = E->Prev; eLoopStop = E; continue; } E = E->Next; if ((E == eLoopStop) || (!Closed && E->Next == eStart)) break; } if ((!Closed && (E == E->Next)) || (Closed && (E->Prev == E->Next))) { delete [] edges; return false; } if (!Closed) { m_HasOpenPaths = true; eStart->Prev->OutIdx = Skip; } //3. Do second stage of edge initialization ... E = eStart; do { InitEdge2(*E, PolyTyp); E = E->Next; if (IsFlat && E->Curr.Y != eStart->Curr.Y) IsFlat = false; } while (E != eStart); //4. Finally, add edge bounds to LocalMinima list ... //Totally flat paths must be handled differently when adding them //to LocalMinima list to avoid endless loops etc ... if (IsFlat) { if (Closed) { delete [] edges; return false; } E->Prev->OutIdx = Skip; MinimaList::value_type locMin; locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; locMin.LeftBound = 0; locMin.RightBound = E; locMin.RightBound->Side = esRight; locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = 0; for (;;) { if (E->Bot.X != E->Prev->Top.X) ReverseHorizontal(*E); if (E->Next->OutIdx == Skip) break; E->NextInLML = E->Next; E = E->Next; } m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); m_edges.push_back(edges); return true; } m_edges.push_back(edges); bool leftBoundIsForward; TEdge* EMin = 0; //workaround to avoid an endless loop in the while loop below when //open paths have matching start and end points ... if (E->Prev->Bot == E->Prev->Top) E = E->Next; for (;;) { E = FindNextLocMin(E); if (E == EMin) break; else if (!EMin) EMin = E; //E and E.Prev now share a local minima (left aligned if horizontal). //Compare their slopes to find which starts which bound ... MinimaList::value_type locMin; locMin.Y = E->Bot.Y; if (E->Dx < E->Prev->Dx) { locMin.LeftBound = E->Prev; locMin.RightBound = E; leftBoundIsForward = false; //Q.nextInLML = Q.prev } else { locMin.LeftBound = E; locMin.RightBound = E->Prev; leftBoundIsForward = true; //Q.nextInLML = Q.next } if (!Closed) locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 0; else if (locMin.LeftBound->Next == locMin.RightBound) locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = -1; else locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta = 1; locMin.RightBound->WindDelta = -locMin.LeftBound->WindDelta; E = ProcessBound(locMin.LeftBound, leftBoundIsForward); if (E->OutIdx == Skip) E = ProcessBound(E, leftBoundIsForward); TEdge* E2 = ProcessBound(locMin.RightBound, !leftBoundIsForward); if (E2->OutIdx == Skip) E2 = ProcessBound(E2, !leftBoundIsForward); if (locMin.LeftBound->OutIdx == Skip) locMin.LeftBound = 0; else if (locMin.RightBound->OutIdx == Skip) locMin.RightBound = 0; m_MinimaList.push_back(locMin); if (!leftBoundIsForward) E = E2; } return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool ClipperBase::AddPaths(const Paths &ppg, PolyType PolyTyp, bool Closed) { bool result = false; for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < ppg.size(); ++i) if (AddPath(ppg[i], PolyTyp, Closed)) result = true; return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::Clear() { DisposeLocalMinimaList(); for (EdgeList::size_type i = 0; i < m_edges.size(); ++i) { TEdge* edges = m_edges[i]; delete [] edges; } m_edges.clear(); m_UseFullRange = false; m_HasOpenPaths = false; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::Reset() { m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end()) return; //ie nothing to process std::sort(m_MinimaList.begin(), m_MinimaList.end(), LocMinSorter()); m_Scanbeam = ScanbeamList(); //clears/resets priority_queue //reset all edges ... for (MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); lm != m_MinimaList.end(); ++lm) { InsertScanbeam(lm->Y); TEdge* e = lm->LeftBound; if (e) { e->Curr = e->Bot; e->Side = esLeft; e->OutIdx = Unassigned; } e = lm->RightBound; if (e) { e->Curr = e->Bot; e->Side = esRight; e->OutIdx = Unassigned; } } m_ActiveEdges = 0; m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::DisposeLocalMinimaList() { m_MinimaList.clear(); m_CurrentLM = m_MinimaList.begin(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool ClipperBase::PopLocalMinima(cInt Y, const LocalMinimum *&locMin) { if (m_CurrentLM == m_MinimaList.end() || (*m_CurrentLM).Y != Y) return false; locMin = &(*m_CurrentLM); ++m_CurrentLM; return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ IntRect ClipperBase::GetBounds() { IntRect result; MinimaList::iterator lm = m_MinimaList.begin(); if (lm == m_MinimaList.end()) { result.left = result.top = result.right = result.bottom = 0; return result; } result.left = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X; result.top = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y; result.right = lm->LeftBound->Bot.X; result.bottom = lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y; while (lm != m_MinimaList.end()) { //todo - needs fixing for open paths result.bottom = std::max(result.bottom, lm->LeftBound->Bot.Y); TEdge* e = lm->LeftBound; for (;;) { TEdge* bottomE = e; while (e->NextInLML) { if (e->Bot.X < result.left) result.left = e->Bot.X; if (e->Bot.X > result.right) result.right = e->Bot.X; e = e->NextInLML; } result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Bot.X); result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Bot.X); result.left = std::min(result.left, e->Top.X); result.right = std::max(result.right, e->Top.X); result.top = std::min(result.top, e->Top.Y); if (bottomE == lm->LeftBound) e = lm->RightBound; else break; } ++lm; } return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::InsertScanbeam(const cInt Y) { m_Scanbeam.push(Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool ClipperBase::PopScanbeam(cInt &Y) { if (m_Scanbeam.empty()) return false; Y = m_Scanbeam.top(); m_Scanbeam.pop(); while (!m_Scanbeam.empty() && Y == m_Scanbeam.top()) { m_Scanbeam.pop(); } // Pop duplicates. return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::DisposeAllOutRecs(){ for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) DisposeOutRec(i); m_PolyOuts.clear(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::DisposeOutRec(PolyOutList::size_type index) { OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[index]; if (outRec->Pts) DisposeOutPts(outRec->Pts); delete outRec; m_PolyOuts[index] = 0; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::DeleteFromAEL(TEdge *e) { TEdge* AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL; TEdge* AelNext = e->NextInAEL; if (!AelPrev && !AelNext && (e != m_ActiveEdges)) return; //already deleted if (AelPrev) AelPrev->NextInAEL = AelNext; else m_ActiveEdges = AelNext; if (AelNext) AelNext->PrevInAEL = AelPrev; e->NextInAEL = 0; e->PrevInAEL = 0; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutRec* ClipperBase::CreateOutRec() { OutRec* result = new OutRec; result->IsHole = false; result->IsOpen = false; result->FirstLeft = 0; result->Pts = 0; result->BottomPt = 0; result->PolyNd = 0; m_PolyOuts.push_back(result); result->Idx = (int)m_PolyOuts.size() - 1; return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::SwapPositionsInAEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2) { //check that one or other edge hasn't already been removed from AEL ... if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge1->PrevInAEL || Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge2->PrevInAEL) return; if (Edge1->NextInAEL == Edge2) { TEdge* Next = Edge2->NextInAEL; if (Next) Next->PrevInAEL = Edge1; TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL; if (Prev) Prev->NextInAEL = Edge2; Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev; Edge2->NextInAEL = Edge1; Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2; Edge1->NextInAEL = Next; } else if (Edge2->NextInAEL == Edge1) { TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInAEL; if (Next) Next->PrevInAEL = Edge2; TEdge* Prev = Edge2->PrevInAEL; if (Prev) Prev->NextInAEL = Edge1; Edge1->PrevInAEL = Prev; Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2; Edge2->PrevInAEL = Edge1; Edge2->NextInAEL = Next; } else { TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInAEL; TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInAEL; Edge1->NextInAEL = Edge2->NextInAEL; if (Edge1->NextInAEL) Edge1->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge1; Edge1->PrevInAEL = Edge2->PrevInAEL; if (Edge1->PrevInAEL) Edge1->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge1; Edge2->NextInAEL = Next; if (Edge2->NextInAEL) Edge2->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = Edge2; Edge2->PrevInAEL = Prev; if (Edge2->PrevInAEL) Edge2->PrevInAEL->NextInAEL = Edge2; } if (!Edge1->PrevInAEL) m_ActiveEdges = Edge1; else if (!Edge2->PrevInAEL) m_ActiveEdges = Edge2; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperBase::UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *&e) { if (!e->NextInLML) THROWCLIPPER("UpdateEdgeIntoAEL: invalid call"); e->NextInLML->OutIdx = e->OutIdx; TEdge* AelPrev = e->PrevInAEL; TEdge* AelNext = e->NextInAEL; if (AelPrev) AelPrev->NextInAEL = e->NextInLML; else m_ActiveEdges = e->NextInLML; if (AelNext) AelNext->PrevInAEL = e->NextInLML; e->NextInLML->Side = e->Side; e->NextInLML->WindDelta = e->WindDelta; e->NextInLML->WindCnt = e->WindCnt; e->NextInLML->WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; e = e->NextInLML; e->Curr = e->Bot; e->PrevInAEL = AelPrev; e->NextInAEL = AelNext; if (!IsHorizontal(*e)) InsertScanbeam(e->Top.Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool ClipperBase::LocalMinimaPending() { return (m_CurrentLM != m_MinimaList.end()); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // TClipper methods ... //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Clipper::Clipper(int initOptions) : ClipperBase() //constructor { m_ExecuteLocked = false; m_UseFullRange = false; m_ReverseOutput = ((initOptions & ioReverseSolution) != 0); m_StrictSimple = ((initOptions & ioStrictlySimple) != 0); m_PreserveCollinear = ((initOptions & ioPreserveCollinear) != 0); m_HasOpenPaths = false; #ifdef use_xyz m_ZFill = 0; #endif } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifdef use_xyz void Clipper::ZFillFunction(ZFillCallback zFillFunc) { m_ZFill = zFillFunc; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #endif bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, PolyFillType fillType) { return Execute(clipType, solution, fillType, fillType); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree &polytree, PolyFillType fillType) { return Execute(clipType, polytree, fillType, fillType); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, Paths &solution, PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType) { if( m_ExecuteLocked ) return false; if (m_HasOpenPaths) THROWCLIPPER("Error: PolyTree struct is needed for open path clipping."); m_ExecuteLocked = true; solution.resize(0); m_SubjFillType = subjFillType; m_ClipFillType = clipFillType; m_ClipType = clipType; m_UsingPolyTree = false; bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal(); if (succeeded) BuildResult(solution); DisposeAllOutRecs(); m_ExecuteLocked = false; return succeeded; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::Execute(ClipType clipType, PolyTree& polytree, PolyFillType subjFillType, PolyFillType clipFillType) { if( m_ExecuteLocked ) return false; m_ExecuteLocked = true; m_SubjFillType = subjFillType; m_ClipFillType = clipFillType; m_ClipType = clipType; m_UsingPolyTree = true; bool succeeded = ExecuteInternal(); if (succeeded) BuildResult2(polytree); DisposeAllOutRecs(); m_ExecuteLocked = false; return succeeded; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::FixHoleLinkage(OutRec &outrec) { //skip OutRecs that (a) contain outermost polygons or //(b) already have the correct owner/child linkage ... if (!outrec.FirstLeft || (outrec.IsHole != outrec.FirstLeft->IsHole && outrec.FirstLeft->Pts)) return; OutRec* orfl = outrec.FirstLeft; while (orfl && ((orfl->IsHole == outrec.IsHole) || !orfl->Pts)) orfl = orfl->FirstLeft; outrec.FirstLeft = orfl; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::ExecuteInternal() { bool succeeded = true; try { Reset(); m_Maxima = MaximaList(); m_SortedEdges = 0; succeeded = true; cInt botY, topY; if (!PopScanbeam(botY)) return false; InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY); while (PopScanbeam(topY) || LocalMinimaPending()) { ProcessHorizontals(); ClearGhostJoins(); if (!ProcessIntersections(topY)) { succeeded = false; break; } ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(topY); botY = topY; InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(botY); } } catch(...) { succeeded = false; } if (succeeded) { //fix orientations ... for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; if (!outRec->Pts || outRec->IsOpen) continue; if ((outRec->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec) > 0)) ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec->Pts); } if (!m_Joins.empty()) JoinCommonEdges(); //unfortunately FixupOutPolygon() must be done after JoinCommonEdges() for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; if (!outRec->Pts) continue; if (outRec->IsOpen) FixupOutPolyline(*outRec); else FixupOutPolygon(*outRec); } if (m_StrictSimple) DoSimplePolygons(); } ClearJoins(); ClearGhostJoins(); return succeeded; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::SetWindingCount(TEdge &edge) { TEdge *e = edge.PrevInAEL; //find the edge of the same polytype that immediately preceeds 'edge' in AEL while (e && ((e->PolyTyp != edge.PolyTyp) || (e->WindDelta == 0))) e = e->PrevInAEL; if (!e) { if (edge.WindDelta == 0) { PolyFillType pft = (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject ? m_SubjFillType : m_ClipFillType); edge.WindCnt = (pft == pftNegative ? -1 : 1); } else edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta; edge.WindCnt2 = 0; e = m_ActiveEdges; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 } else if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && m_ClipType != ctUnion) { edge.WindCnt = 1; edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 } else if (IsEvenOddFillType(edge)) { //EvenOdd filling ... if (edge.WindDelta == 0) { //are we inside a subj polygon ... bool Inside = true; TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL; while (e2) { if (e2->PolyTyp == e->PolyTyp && e2->WindDelta != 0) Inside = !Inside; e2 = e2->PrevInAEL; } edge.WindCnt = (Inside ? 0 : 1); } else { edge.WindCnt = edge.WindDelta; } edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 } else { //nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ... if (e->WindCnt * e->WindDelta < 0) { //prev edge is 'decreasing' WindCount (WC) toward zero //so we're outside the previous polygon ... if (Abs(e->WindCnt) > 1) { //outside prev poly but still inside another. //when reversing direction of prev poly use the same WC if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt; //otherwise continue to 'decrease' WC ... else edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta; } else //now outside all polys of same polytype so set own WC ... edge.WindCnt = (edge.WindDelta == 0 ? 1 : edge.WindDelta); } else { //prev edge is 'increasing' WindCount (WC) away from zero //so we're inside the previous polygon ... if (edge.WindDelta == 0) edge.WindCnt = (e->WindCnt < 0 ? e->WindCnt - 1 : e->WindCnt + 1); //if wind direction is reversing prev then use same WC else if (e->WindDelta * edge.WindDelta < 0) edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt; //otherwise add to WC ... else edge.WindCnt = e->WindCnt + edge.WindDelta; } edge.WindCnt2 = e->WindCnt2; e = e->NextInAEL; //ie get ready to calc WindCnt2 } //update WindCnt2 ... if (IsEvenOddAltFillType(edge)) { //EvenOdd filling ... while (e != &edge) { if (e->WindDelta != 0) edge.WindCnt2 = (edge.WindCnt2 == 0 ? 1 : 0); e = e->NextInAEL; } } else { //nonZero, Positive or Negative filling ... while ( e != &edge ) { edge.WindCnt2 += e->WindDelta; e = e->NextInAEL; } } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::IsEvenOddFillType(const TEdge& edge) const { if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; else return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::IsEvenOddAltFillType(const TEdge& edge) const { if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) return m_ClipFillType == pftEvenOdd; else return m_SubjFillType == pftEvenOdd; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::IsContributing(const TEdge& edge) const { PolyFillType pft, pft2; if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) { pft = m_SubjFillType; pft2 = m_ClipFillType; } else { pft = m_ClipFillType; pft2 = m_SubjFillType; } switch(pft) { case pftEvenOdd: //return false if a subj line has been flagged as inside a subj polygon if (edge.WindDelta == 0 && edge.WindCnt != 1) return false; break; case pftNonZero: if (Abs(edge.WindCnt) != 1) return false; break; case pftPositive: if (edge.WindCnt != 1) return false; break; default: //pftNegative if (edge.WindCnt != -1) return false; } switch(m_ClipType) { case ctIntersection: switch(pft2) { case pftEvenOdd: case pftNonZero: return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0); case pftPositive: return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0); default: return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0); } break; case ctUnion: switch(pft2) { case pftEvenOdd: case pftNonZero: return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); case pftPositive: return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); default: return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); } break; case ctDifference: if (edge.PolyTyp == ptSubject) switch(pft2) { case pftEvenOdd: case pftNonZero: return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); case pftPositive: return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); default: return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); } else switch(pft2) { case pftEvenOdd: case pftNonZero: return (edge.WindCnt2 != 0); case pftPositive: return (edge.WindCnt2 > 0); default: return (edge.WindCnt2 < 0); } break; case ctXor: if (edge.WindDelta == 0) //XOr always contributing unless open switch(pft2) { case pftEvenOdd: case pftNonZero: return (edge.WindCnt2 == 0); case pftPositive: return (edge.WindCnt2 <= 0); default: return (edge.WindCnt2 >= 0); } else return true; break; default: return true; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutPt* Clipper::AddLocalMinPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt) { OutPt* result; TEdge *e, *prevE; if (IsHorizontal(*e2) || ( e1->Dx > e2->Dx )) { result = AddOutPt(e1, Pt); e2->OutIdx = e1->OutIdx; e1->Side = esLeft; e2->Side = esRight; e = e1; if (e->PrevInAEL == e2) prevE = e2->PrevInAEL; else prevE = e->PrevInAEL; } else { result = AddOutPt(e2, Pt); e1->OutIdx = e2->OutIdx; e1->Side = esRight; e2->Side = esLeft; e = e2; if (e->PrevInAEL == e1) prevE = e1->PrevInAEL; else prevE = e->PrevInAEL; } if (prevE && prevE->OutIdx >= 0) { cInt xPrev = TopX(*prevE, Pt.Y); cInt xE = TopX(*e, Pt.Y); if (xPrev == xE && (e->WindDelta != 0) && (prevE->WindDelta != 0) && SlopesEqual(IntPoint(xPrev, Pt.Y), prevE->Top, IntPoint(xE, Pt.Y), e->Top, m_UseFullRange)) { OutPt* outPt = AddOutPt(prevE, Pt); AddJoin(result, outPt, e->Top); } } return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::AddLocalMaxPoly(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, const IntPoint &Pt) { AddOutPt( e1, Pt ); if (e2->WindDelta == 0) AddOutPt(e2, Pt); if( e1->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx ) { e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; } else if (e1->OutIdx < e2->OutIdx) AppendPolygon(e1, e2); else AppendPolygon(e2, e1); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::AddEdgeToSEL(TEdge *edge) { //SEL pointers in PEdge are reused to build a list of horizontal edges. //However, we don't need to worry about order with horizontal edge processing. if( !m_SortedEdges ) { m_SortedEdges = edge; edge->PrevInSEL = 0; edge->NextInSEL = 0; } else { edge->NextInSEL = m_SortedEdges; edge->PrevInSEL = 0; m_SortedEdges->PrevInSEL = edge; m_SortedEdges = edge; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::PopEdgeFromSEL(TEdge *&edge) { if (!m_SortedEdges) return false; edge = m_SortedEdges; DeleteFromSEL(m_SortedEdges); return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::CopyAELToSEL() { TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges; m_SortedEdges = e; while ( e ) { e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL; e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL; e = e->NextInAEL; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::AddJoin(OutPt *op1, OutPt *op2, const IntPoint OffPt) { Join* j = new Join; j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op2; j->OffPt = OffPt; m_Joins.push_back(j); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::ClearJoins() { for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++) delete m_Joins[i]; m_Joins.resize(0); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::ClearGhostJoins() { for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); i++) delete m_GhostJoins[i]; m_GhostJoins.resize(0); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::AddGhostJoin(OutPt *op, const IntPoint OffPt) { Join* j = new Join; j->OutPt1 = op; j->OutPt2 = 0; j->OffPt = OffPt; m_GhostJoins.push_back(j); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::InsertLocalMinimaIntoAEL(const cInt botY) { const LocalMinimum *lm; while (PopLocalMinima(botY, lm)) { TEdge* lb = lm->LeftBound; TEdge* rb = lm->RightBound; OutPt *Op1 = 0; if (!lb) { //nb: don't insert LB into either AEL or SEL InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, 0); SetWindingCount(*rb); if (IsContributing(*rb)) Op1 = AddOutPt(rb, rb->Bot); } else if (!rb) { InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0); SetWindingCount(*lb); if (IsContributing(*lb)) Op1 = AddOutPt(lb, lb->Bot); InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y); } else { InsertEdgeIntoAEL(lb, 0); InsertEdgeIntoAEL(rb, lb); SetWindingCount( *lb ); rb->WindCnt = lb->WindCnt; rb->WindCnt2 = lb->WindCnt2; if (IsContributing(*lb)) Op1 = AddLocalMinPoly(lb, rb, lb->Bot); InsertScanbeam(lb->Top.Y); } if (rb) { if (IsHorizontal(*rb)) { AddEdgeToSEL(rb); if (rb->NextInLML) InsertScanbeam(rb->NextInLML->Top.Y); } else InsertScanbeam( rb->Top.Y ); } if (!lb || !rb) continue; //if any output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ... if (Op1 && IsHorizontal(*rb) && m_GhostJoins.size() > 0 && (rb->WindDelta != 0)) { for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_GhostJoins.size(); ++i) { Join* jr = m_GhostJoins[i]; //if the horizontal Rb and a 'ghost' horizontal overlap, then convert //the 'ghost' join to a real join ready for later ... if (HorzSegmentsOverlap(jr->OutPt1->Pt.X, jr->OffPt.X, rb->Bot.X, rb->Top.X)) AddJoin(jr->OutPt1, Op1, jr->OffPt); } } if (lb->OutIdx >= 0 && lb->PrevInAEL && lb->PrevInAEL->Curr.X == lb->Bot.X && lb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 && SlopesEqual(lb->PrevInAEL->Bot, lb->PrevInAEL->Top, lb->Curr, lb->Top, m_UseFullRange) && (lb->WindDelta != 0) && (lb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0)) { OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(lb->PrevInAEL, lb->Bot); AddJoin(Op1, Op2, lb->Top); } if(lb->NextInAEL != rb) { if (rb->OutIdx >= 0 && rb->PrevInAEL->OutIdx >= 0 && SlopesEqual(rb->PrevInAEL->Curr, rb->PrevInAEL->Top, rb->Curr, rb->Top, m_UseFullRange) && (rb->WindDelta != 0) && (rb->PrevInAEL->WindDelta != 0)) { OutPt *Op2 = AddOutPt(rb->PrevInAEL, rb->Bot); AddJoin(Op1, Op2, rb->Top); } TEdge* e = lb->NextInAEL; if (e) { while( e != rb ) { //nb: For calculating winding counts etc, IntersectEdges() assumes //that param1 will be to the Right of param2 ABOVE the intersection ... IntersectEdges(rb , e , lb->Curr); //order important here e = e->NextInAEL; } } } } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::DeleteFromSEL(TEdge *e) { TEdge* SelPrev = e->PrevInSEL; TEdge* SelNext = e->NextInSEL; if( !SelPrev && !SelNext && (e != m_SortedEdges) ) return; //already deleted if( SelPrev ) SelPrev->NextInSEL = SelNext; else m_SortedEdges = SelNext; if( SelNext ) SelNext->PrevInSEL = SelPrev; e->NextInSEL = 0; e->PrevInSEL = 0; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #ifdef use_xyz void Clipper::SetZ(IntPoint& pt, TEdge& e1, TEdge& e2) { if (pt.Z != 0 || !m_ZFill) return; else if (pt == e1.Bot) pt.Z = e1.Bot.Z; else if (pt == e1.Top) pt.Z = e1.Top.Z; else if (pt == e2.Bot) pt.Z = e2.Bot.Z; else if (pt == e2.Top) pt.Z = e2.Top.Z; else (*m_ZFill)(e1.Bot, e1.Top, e2.Bot, e2.Top, pt); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #endif void Clipper::IntersectEdges(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2, IntPoint &Pt) { bool e1Contributing = ( e1->OutIdx >= 0 ); bool e2Contributing = ( e2->OutIdx >= 0 ); #ifdef use_xyz SetZ(Pt, *e1, *e2); #endif #ifdef use_lines //if either edge is on an OPEN path ... if (e1->WindDelta == 0 || e2->WindDelta == 0) { //ignore subject-subject open path intersections UNLESS they //are both open paths, AND they are both 'contributing maximas' ... if (e1->WindDelta == 0 && e2->WindDelta == 0) return; //if intersecting a subj line with a subj poly ... else if (e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp && e1->WindDelta != e2->WindDelta && m_ClipType == ctUnion) { if (e1->WindDelta == 0) { if (e2Contributing) { AddOutPt(e1, Pt); if (e1Contributing) e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; } } else { if (e1Contributing) { AddOutPt(e2, Pt); if (e2Contributing) e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; } } } else if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp) { //toggle subj open path OutIdx on/off when Abs(clip.WndCnt) == 1 ... if ((e1->WindDelta == 0) && abs(e2->WindCnt) == 1 && (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e2->WindCnt2 == 0)) { AddOutPt(e1, Pt); if (e1Contributing) e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; } else if ((e2->WindDelta == 0) && (abs(e1->WindCnt) == 1) && (m_ClipType != ctUnion || e1->WindCnt2 == 0)) { AddOutPt(e2, Pt); if (e2Contributing) e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; } } return; } #endif //update winding counts... //assumes that e1 will be to the Right of e2 ABOVE the intersection if ( e1->PolyTyp == e2->PolyTyp ) { if ( IsEvenOddFillType( *e1) ) { int oldE1WindCnt = e1->WindCnt; e1->WindCnt = e2->WindCnt; e2->WindCnt = oldE1WindCnt; } else { if (e1->WindCnt + e2->WindDelta == 0 ) e1->WindCnt = -e1->WindCnt; else e1->WindCnt += e2->WindDelta; if ( e2->WindCnt - e1->WindDelta == 0 ) e2->WindCnt = -e2->WindCnt; else e2->WindCnt -= e1->WindDelta; } } else { if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e2)) e1->WindCnt2 += e2->WindDelta; else e1->WindCnt2 = ( e1->WindCnt2 == 0 ) ? 1 : 0; if (!IsEvenOddFillType(*e1)) e2->WindCnt2 -= e1->WindDelta; else e2->WindCnt2 = ( e2->WindCnt2 == 0 ) ? 1 : 0; } PolyFillType e1FillType, e2FillType, e1FillType2, e2FillType2; if (e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) { e1FillType = m_SubjFillType; e1FillType2 = m_ClipFillType; } else { e1FillType = m_ClipFillType; e1FillType2 = m_SubjFillType; } if (e2->PolyTyp == ptSubject) { e2FillType = m_SubjFillType; e2FillType2 = m_ClipFillType; } else { e2FillType = m_ClipFillType; e2FillType2 = m_SubjFillType; } cInt e1Wc, e2Wc; switch (e1FillType) { case pftPositive: e1Wc = e1->WindCnt; break; case pftNegative: e1Wc = -e1->WindCnt; break; default: e1Wc = Abs(e1->WindCnt); } switch(e2FillType) { case pftPositive: e2Wc = e2->WindCnt; break; case pftNegative: e2Wc = -e2->WindCnt; break; default: e2Wc = Abs(e2->WindCnt); } if ( e1Contributing && e2Contributing ) { if ((e1Wc != 0 && e1Wc != 1) || (e2Wc != 0 && e2Wc != 1) || (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp && m_ClipType != ctXor) ) { AddLocalMaxPoly(e1, e2, Pt); } else { AddOutPt(e1, Pt); AddOutPt(e2, Pt); SwapSides( *e1 , *e2 ); SwapPolyIndexes( *e1 , *e2 ); } } else if ( e1Contributing ) { if (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1) { AddOutPt(e1, Pt); SwapSides(*e1, *e2); SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); } } else if ( e2Contributing ) { if (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) { AddOutPt(e2, Pt); SwapSides(*e1, *e2); SwapPolyIndexes(*e1, *e2); } } else if ( (e1Wc == 0 || e1Wc == 1) && (e2Wc == 0 || e2Wc == 1)) { //neither edge is currently contributing ... cInt e1Wc2, e2Wc2; switch (e1FillType2) { case pftPositive: e1Wc2 = e1->WindCnt2; break; case pftNegative : e1Wc2 = -e1->WindCnt2; break; default: e1Wc2 = Abs(e1->WindCnt2); } switch (e2FillType2) { case pftPositive: e2Wc2 = e2->WindCnt2; break; case pftNegative: e2Wc2 = -e2->WindCnt2; break; default: e2Wc2 = Abs(e2->WindCnt2); } if (e1->PolyTyp != e2->PolyTyp) { AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); } else if (e1Wc == 1 && e2Wc == 1) switch( m_ClipType ) { case ctIntersection: if (e1Wc2 > 0 && e2Wc2 > 0) AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); break; case ctUnion: if ( e1Wc2 <= 0 && e2Wc2 <= 0 ) AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); break; case ctDifference: if (((e1->PolyTyp == ptClip) && (e1Wc2 > 0) && (e2Wc2 > 0)) || ((e1->PolyTyp == ptSubject) && (e1Wc2 <= 0) && (e2Wc2 <= 0))) AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); break; case ctXor: AddLocalMinPoly(e1, e2, Pt); } else SwapSides( *e1, *e2 ); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::SetHoleState(TEdge *e, OutRec *outrec) { TEdge *e2 = e->PrevInAEL; TEdge *eTmp = 0; while (e2) { if (e2->OutIdx >= 0 && e2->WindDelta != 0) { if (!eTmp) eTmp = e2; else if (eTmp->OutIdx == e2->OutIdx) eTmp = 0; } e2 = e2->PrevInAEL; } if (!eTmp) { outrec->FirstLeft = 0; outrec->IsHole = false; } else { outrec->FirstLeft = m_PolyOuts[eTmp->OutIdx]; outrec->IsHole = !outrec->FirstLeft->IsHole; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutRec* GetLowermostRec(OutRec *outRec1, OutRec *outRec2) { //work out which polygon fragment has the correct hole state ... if (!outRec1->BottomPt) outRec1->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec1->Pts); if (!outRec2->BottomPt) outRec2->BottomPt = GetBottomPt(outRec2->Pts); OutPt *OutPt1 = outRec1->BottomPt; OutPt *OutPt2 = outRec2->BottomPt; if (OutPt1->Pt.Y > OutPt2->Pt.Y) return outRec1; else if (OutPt1->Pt.Y < OutPt2->Pt.Y) return outRec2; else if (OutPt1->Pt.X < OutPt2->Pt.X) return outRec1; else if (OutPt1->Pt.X > OutPt2->Pt.X) return outRec2; else if (OutPt1->Next == OutPt1) return outRec2; else if (OutPt2->Next == OutPt2) return outRec1; else if (FirstIsBottomPt(OutPt1, OutPt2)) return outRec1; else return outRec2; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2) { do { outRec1 = outRec1->FirstLeft; if (outRec1 == outRec2) return true; } while (outRec1); return false; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutRec* Clipper::GetOutRec(int Idx) { OutRec* outrec = m_PolyOuts[Idx]; while (outrec != m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx]) outrec = m_PolyOuts[outrec->Idx]; return outrec; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::AppendPolygon(TEdge *e1, TEdge *e2) { //get the start and ends of both output polygons ... OutRec *outRec1 = m_PolyOuts[e1->OutIdx]; OutRec *outRec2 = m_PolyOuts[e2->OutIdx]; OutRec *holeStateRec; if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) holeStateRec = outRec2; else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) holeStateRec = outRec1; else holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2); //get the start and ends of both output polygons and //join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ... OutPt* p1_lft = outRec1->Pts; OutPt* p1_rt = p1_lft->Prev; OutPt* p2_lft = outRec2->Pts; OutPt* p2_rt = p2_lft->Prev; //join e2 poly onto e1 poly and delete pointers to e2 ... if( e1->Side == esLeft ) { if( e2->Side == esLeft ) { //z y x a b c ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft); p2_lft->Next = p1_lft; p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft; p1_rt->Next = p2_rt; p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt; outRec1->Pts = p2_rt; } else { //x y z a b c p2_rt->Next = p1_lft; p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt; p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt; p1_rt->Next = p2_lft; outRec1->Pts = p2_lft; } } else { if( e2->Side == esRight ) { //a b c z y x ReversePolyPtLinks(p2_lft); p1_rt->Next = p2_rt; p2_rt->Prev = p1_rt; p2_lft->Next = p1_lft; p1_lft->Prev = p2_lft; } else { //a b c x y z p1_rt->Next = p2_lft; p2_lft->Prev = p1_rt; p1_lft->Prev = p2_rt; p2_rt->Next = p1_lft; } } outRec1->BottomPt = 0; if (holeStateRec == outRec2) { if (outRec2->FirstLeft != outRec1) outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft; outRec1->IsHole = outRec2->IsHole; } outRec2->Pts = 0; outRec2->BottomPt = 0; outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; int OKIdx = e1->OutIdx; int ObsoleteIdx = e2->OutIdx; e1->OutIdx = Unassigned; //nb: safe because we only get here via AddLocalMaxPoly e2->OutIdx = Unassigned; TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges; while( e ) { if( e->OutIdx == ObsoleteIdx ) { e->OutIdx = OKIdx; e->Side = e1->Side; break; } e = e->NextInAEL; } outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutPt* Clipper::AddOutPt(TEdge *e, const IntPoint &pt) { if( e->OutIdx < 0 ) { OutRec *outRec = CreateOutRec(); outRec->IsOpen = (e->WindDelta == 0); OutPt* newOp = new OutPt; outRec->Pts = newOp; newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx; newOp->Pt = pt; newOp->Next = newOp; newOp->Prev = newOp; if (!outRec->IsOpen) SetHoleState(e, outRec); e->OutIdx = outRec->Idx; return newOp; } else { OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx]; //OutRec.Pts is the 'Left-most' point & OutRec.Pts.Prev is the 'Right-most' OutPt* op = outRec->Pts; bool ToFront = (e->Side == esLeft); if (ToFront && (pt == op->Pt)) return op; else if (!ToFront && (pt == op->Prev->Pt)) return op->Prev; OutPt* newOp = new OutPt; newOp->Idx = outRec->Idx; newOp->Pt = pt; newOp->Next = op; newOp->Prev = op->Prev; newOp->Prev->Next = newOp; op->Prev = newOp; if (ToFront) outRec->Pts = newOp; return newOp; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutPt* Clipper::GetLastOutPt(TEdge *e) { OutRec *outRec = m_PolyOuts[e->OutIdx]; if (e->Side == esLeft) return outRec->Pts; else return outRec->Pts->Prev; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::ProcessHorizontals() { TEdge* horzEdge; while (PopEdgeFromSEL(horzEdge)) ProcessHorizontal(horzEdge); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline bool IsMinima(TEdge *e) { return e && (e->Prev->NextInLML != e) && (e->Next->NextInLML != e); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline bool IsMaxima(TEdge *e, const cInt Y) { return e && e->Top.Y == Y && !e->NextInLML; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline bool IsIntermediate(TEdge *e, const cInt Y) { return e->Top.Y == Y && e->NextInLML; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TEdge *GetMaximaPair(TEdge *e) { if ((e->Next->Top == e->Top) && !e->Next->NextInLML) return e->Next; else if ((e->Prev->Top == e->Top) && !e->Prev->NextInLML) return e->Prev; else return 0; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TEdge *GetMaximaPairEx(TEdge *e) { //as GetMaximaPair() but returns 0 if MaxPair isn't in AEL (unless it's horizontal) TEdge* result = GetMaximaPair(e); if (result && (result->OutIdx == Skip || (result->NextInAEL == result->PrevInAEL && !IsHorizontal(*result)))) return 0; return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::SwapPositionsInSEL(TEdge *Edge1, TEdge *Edge2) { if( !( Edge1->NextInSEL ) && !( Edge1->PrevInSEL ) ) return; if( !( Edge2->NextInSEL ) && !( Edge2->PrevInSEL ) ) return; if( Edge1->NextInSEL == Edge2 ) { TEdge* Next = Edge2->NextInSEL; if( Next ) Next->PrevInSEL = Edge1; TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL; if( Prev ) Prev->NextInSEL = Edge2; Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev; Edge2->NextInSEL = Edge1; Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2; Edge1->NextInSEL = Next; } else if( Edge2->NextInSEL == Edge1 ) { TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInSEL; if( Next ) Next->PrevInSEL = Edge2; TEdge* Prev = Edge2->PrevInSEL; if( Prev ) Prev->NextInSEL = Edge1; Edge1->PrevInSEL = Prev; Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2; Edge2->PrevInSEL = Edge1; Edge2->NextInSEL = Next; } else { TEdge* Next = Edge1->NextInSEL; TEdge* Prev = Edge1->PrevInSEL; Edge1->NextInSEL = Edge2->NextInSEL; if( Edge1->NextInSEL ) Edge1->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge1; Edge1->PrevInSEL = Edge2->PrevInSEL; if( Edge1->PrevInSEL ) Edge1->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge1; Edge2->NextInSEL = Next; if( Edge2->NextInSEL ) Edge2->NextInSEL->PrevInSEL = Edge2; Edge2->PrevInSEL = Prev; if( Edge2->PrevInSEL ) Edge2->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = Edge2; } if( !Edge1->PrevInSEL ) m_SortedEdges = Edge1; else if( !Edge2->PrevInSEL ) m_SortedEdges = Edge2; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ TEdge* GetNextInAEL(TEdge *e, Direction dir) { return dir == dLeftToRight ? e->NextInAEL : e->PrevInAEL; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void GetHorzDirection(TEdge& HorzEdge, Direction& Dir, cInt& Left, cInt& Right) { if (HorzEdge.Bot.X < HorzEdge.Top.X) { Left = HorzEdge.Bot.X; Right = HorzEdge.Top.X; Dir = dLeftToRight; } else { Left = HorzEdge.Top.X; Right = HorzEdge.Bot.X; Dir = dRightToLeft; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------ /******************************************************************************* * Notes: Horizontal edges (HEs) at scanline intersections (ie at the Top or * * Bottom of a scanbeam) are processed as if layered. The order in which HEs * * are processed doesn't matter. HEs intersect with other HE Bot.Xs only [#] * * (or they could intersect with Top.Xs only, ie EITHER Bot.Xs OR Top.Xs), * * and with other non-horizontal edges [*]. Once these intersections are * * processed, intermediate HEs then 'promote' the Edge above (NextInLML) into * * the AEL. These 'promoted' edges may in turn intersect [%] with other HEs. * *******************************************************************************/ void Clipper::ProcessHorizontal(TEdge *horzEdge) { Direction dir; cInt horzLeft, horzRight; bool IsOpen = (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0); GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight); TEdge* eLastHorz = horzEdge, *eMaxPair = 0; while (eLastHorz->NextInLML && IsHorizontal(*eLastHorz->NextInLML)) eLastHorz = eLastHorz->NextInLML; if (!eLastHorz->NextInLML) eMaxPair = GetMaximaPair(eLastHorz); MaximaList::const_iterator maxIt; MaximaList::const_reverse_iterator maxRit; if (!m_Maxima.empty()) { //get the first maxima in range (X) ... if (dir == dLeftToRight) { maxIt = m_Maxima.begin(); while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt <= horzEdge->Bot.X) maxIt++; if (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt >= eLastHorz->Top.X) maxIt = m_Maxima.end(); } else { maxRit = m_Maxima.rbegin(); // reverse "!=" to work around a defect in early compilers while(m_Maxima.rend() != maxRit && *maxRit > horzEdge->Bot.X) maxRit++; if (m_Maxima.rend() != maxRit && *maxRit <= eLastHorz->Top.X) maxRit = m_Maxima.rend(); } } OutPt* op1 = 0; for (;;) //loop through consec. horizontal edges { bool IsLastHorz = (horzEdge == eLastHorz); TEdge* e = GetNextInAEL(horzEdge, dir); while(e) { //this code block inserts extra coords into horizontal edges (in output //polygons) whereever maxima touch these horizontal edges. This helps //'simplifying' polygons (ie if the Simplify property is set). if (!m_Maxima.empty()) { if (dir == dLeftToRight) { while (maxIt != m_Maxima.end() && *maxIt < e->Curr.X) { if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxIt, horzEdge->Bot.Y)); maxIt++; } } else { // reverse "!=" to work around a defect in early compilers while (m_Maxima.rend() != maxRit && *maxRit > e->Curr.X) { if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) AddOutPt(horzEdge, IntPoint(*maxRit, horzEdge->Bot.Y)); maxRit++; } } }; if ((dir == dLeftToRight && e->Curr.X > horzRight) || (dir == dRightToLeft && e->Curr.X < horzLeft)) break; //Also break if we've got to the end of an intermediate horizontal edge ... //nb: Smaller Dx's are to the right of larger Dx's ABOVE the horizontal. if (e->Curr.X == horzEdge->Top.X && horzEdge->NextInLML && e->Dx < horzEdge->NextInLML->Dx) break; if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !IsOpen) //note: may be done multiple times { op1 = AddOutPt(horzEdge, e->Curr); TEdge* eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges; while (eNextHorz) { if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 && HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X, horzEdge->Top.X, eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X)) { OutPt* op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz); AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top); } eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL; } AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Bot); } //OK, so far we're still in range of the horizontal Edge but make sure //we're at the last of consec. horizontals when matching with eMaxPair if(e == eMaxPair && IsLastHorz) { if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddLocalMaxPoly(horzEdge, eMaxPair, horzEdge->Top); DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge); DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); return; } if(dir == dLeftToRight) { IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y); IntersectEdges(horzEdge, e, Pt); } else { IntPoint Pt = IntPoint(e->Curr.X, horzEdge->Curr.Y); IntersectEdges( e, horzEdge, Pt); } TEdge* eNext = GetNextInAEL(e, dir); SwapPositionsInAEL( horzEdge, e ); e = eNext; } //end while(e) //Break out of loop if HorzEdge.NextInLML is not also horizontal ... if (!horzEdge->NextInLML || !IsHorizontal(*horzEdge->NextInLML)) break; UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Bot); GetHorzDirection(*horzEdge, dir, horzLeft, horzRight); } //end for (;;) if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0 && !op1) { op1 = GetLastOutPt(horzEdge); TEdge* eNextHorz = m_SortedEdges; while (eNextHorz) { if (eNextHorz->OutIdx >= 0 && HorzSegmentsOverlap(horzEdge->Bot.X, horzEdge->Top.X, eNextHorz->Bot.X, eNextHorz->Top.X)) { OutPt* op2 = GetLastOutPt(eNextHorz); AddJoin(op2, op1, eNextHorz->Top); } eNextHorz = eNextHorz->NextInSEL; } AddGhostJoin(op1, horzEdge->Top); } if (horzEdge->NextInLML) { if(horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) { op1 = AddOutPt( horzEdge, horzEdge->Top); UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); if (horzEdge->WindDelta == 0) return; //nb: HorzEdge is no longer horizontal here TEdge* ePrev = horzEdge->PrevInAEL; TEdge* eNext = horzEdge->NextInAEL; if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X && ePrev->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && ePrev->WindDelta != 0 && (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y && SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *ePrev, m_UseFullRange))) { OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, horzEdge->Bot); AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top); } else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == horzEdge->Bot.X && eNext->Curr.Y == horzEdge->Bot.Y && eNext->WindDelta != 0 && eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y && SlopesEqual(*horzEdge, *eNext, m_UseFullRange)) { OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, horzEdge->Bot); AddJoin(op1, op2, horzEdge->Top); } } else UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(horzEdge); } else { if (horzEdge->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(horzEdge, horzEdge->Top); DeleteFromAEL(horzEdge); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::ProcessIntersections(const cInt topY) { if( !m_ActiveEdges ) return true; try { BuildIntersectList(topY); size_t IlSize = m_IntersectList.size(); if (IlSize == 0) return true; if (IlSize == 1 || FixupIntersectionOrder()) ProcessIntersectList(); else return false; } catch(...) { m_SortedEdges = 0; DisposeIntersectNodes(); THROWCLIPPER("ProcessIntersections error"); } m_SortedEdges = 0; return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::DisposeIntersectNodes() { for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i ) delete m_IntersectList[i]; m_IntersectList.clear(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::BuildIntersectList(const cInt topY) { if ( !m_ActiveEdges ) return; //prepare for sorting ... TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges; m_SortedEdges = e; while( e ) { e->PrevInSEL = e->PrevInAEL; e->NextInSEL = e->NextInAEL; e->Curr.X = TopX( *e, topY ); e = e->NextInAEL; } //bubblesort ... bool isModified; do { isModified = false; e = m_SortedEdges; while( e->NextInSEL ) { TEdge *eNext = e->NextInSEL; IntPoint Pt; if(e->Curr.X > eNext->Curr.X) { IntersectPoint(*e, *eNext, Pt); if (Pt.Y < topY) Pt = IntPoint(TopX(*e, topY), topY); IntersectNode * newNode = new IntersectNode; newNode->Edge1 = e; newNode->Edge2 = eNext; newNode->Pt = Pt; m_IntersectList.push_back(newNode); SwapPositionsInSEL(e, eNext); isModified = true; } else e = eNext; } if( e->PrevInSEL ) e->PrevInSEL->NextInSEL = 0; else break; } while ( isModified ); m_SortedEdges = 0; //important } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::ProcessIntersectList() { for (size_t i = 0; i < m_IntersectList.size(); ++i) { IntersectNode* iNode = m_IntersectList[i]; { IntersectEdges( iNode->Edge1, iNode->Edge2, iNode->Pt); SwapPositionsInAEL( iNode->Edge1 , iNode->Edge2 ); } delete iNode; } m_IntersectList.clear(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool IntersectListSort(IntersectNode* node1, IntersectNode* node2) { return node2->Pt.Y < node1->Pt.Y; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline bool EdgesAdjacent(const IntersectNode &inode) { return (inode.Edge1->NextInSEL == inode.Edge2) || (inode.Edge1->PrevInSEL == inode.Edge2); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::FixupIntersectionOrder() { //pre-condition: intersections are sorted Bottom-most first. //Now it's crucial that intersections are made only between adjacent edges, //so to ensure this the order of intersections may need adjusting ... CopyAELToSEL(); std::sort(m_IntersectList.begin(), m_IntersectList.end(), IntersectListSort); size_t cnt = m_IntersectList.size(); for (size_t i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) { if (!EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[i])) { size_t j = i + 1; while (j < cnt && !EdgesAdjacent(*m_IntersectList[j])) j++; if (j == cnt) return false; std::swap(m_IntersectList[i], m_IntersectList[j]); } SwapPositionsInSEL(m_IntersectList[i]->Edge1, m_IntersectList[i]->Edge2); } return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::DoMaxima(TEdge *e) { TEdge* eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e); if (!eMaxPair) { if (e->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(e, e->Top); DeleteFromAEL(e); return; } TEdge* eNext = e->NextInAEL; while(eNext && eNext != eMaxPair) { IntersectEdges(e, eNext, e->Top); SwapPositionsInAEL(e, eNext); eNext = e->NextInAEL; } if(e->OutIdx == Unassigned && eMaxPair->OutIdx == Unassigned) { DeleteFromAEL(e); DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); } else if( e->OutIdx >= 0 && eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0 ) { if (e->OutIdx >= 0) AddLocalMaxPoly(e, eMaxPair, e->Top); DeleteFromAEL(e); DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); } #ifdef use_lines else if (e->WindDelta == 0) { if (e->OutIdx >= 0) { AddOutPt(e, e->Top); e->OutIdx = Unassigned; } DeleteFromAEL(e); if (eMaxPair->OutIdx >= 0) { AddOutPt(eMaxPair, e->Top); eMaxPair->OutIdx = Unassigned; } DeleteFromAEL(eMaxPair); } #endif else THROWCLIPPER("DoMaxima error"); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::ProcessEdgesAtTopOfScanbeam(const cInt topY) { TEdge* e = m_ActiveEdges; while( e ) { //1. process maxima, treating them as if they're 'bent' horizontal edges, // but exclude maxima with horizontal edges. nb: e can't be a horizontal. bool IsMaximaEdge = IsMaxima(e, topY); if(IsMaximaEdge) { TEdge* eMaxPair = GetMaximaPairEx(e); IsMaximaEdge = (!eMaxPair || !IsHorizontal(*eMaxPair)); } if(IsMaximaEdge) { if (m_StrictSimple) m_Maxima.push_back(e->Top.X); TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; DoMaxima(e); if( !ePrev ) e = m_ActiveEdges; else e = ePrev->NextInAEL; } else { //2. promote horizontal edges, otherwise update Curr.X and Curr.Y ... if (IsIntermediate(e, topY) && IsHorizontal(*e->NextInLML)) { UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e); if (e->OutIdx >= 0) AddOutPt(e, e->Bot); AddEdgeToSEL(e); } else { e->Curr.X = TopX( *e, topY ); e->Curr.Y = topY; } //When StrictlySimple and 'e' is being touched by another edge, then //make sure both edges have a vertex here ... if (m_StrictSimple) { TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; if ((e->OutIdx >= 0) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && ePrev && (ePrev->OutIdx >= 0) && (ePrev->Curr.X == e->Curr.X) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0)) { IntPoint pt = e->Curr; #ifdef use_xyz SetZ(pt, *ePrev, *e); #endif OutPt* op = AddOutPt(ePrev, pt); OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(e, pt); AddJoin(op, op2, pt); //StrictlySimple (type-3) join } } e = e->NextInAEL; } } //3. Process horizontals at the Top of the scanbeam ... m_Maxima.sort(); ProcessHorizontals(); m_Maxima.clear(); //4. Promote intermediate vertices ... e = m_ActiveEdges; while(e) { if(IsIntermediate(e, topY)) { OutPt* op = 0; if( e->OutIdx >= 0 ) op = AddOutPt(e, e->Top); UpdateEdgeIntoAEL(e); //if output polygons share an edge, they'll need joining later ... TEdge* ePrev = e->PrevInAEL; TEdge* eNext = e->NextInAEL; if (ePrev && ePrev->Curr.X == e->Bot.X && ePrev->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op && ePrev->OutIdx >= 0 && ePrev->Curr.Y > ePrev->Top.Y && SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, ePrev->Curr, ePrev->Top, m_UseFullRange) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && (ePrev->WindDelta != 0)) { OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(ePrev, e->Bot); AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top); } else if (eNext && eNext->Curr.X == e->Bot.X && eNext->Curr.Y == e->Bot.Y && op && eNext->OutIdx >= 0 && eNext->Curr.Y > eNext->Top.Y && SlopesEqual(e->Curr, e->Top, eNext->Curr, eNext->Top, m_UseFullRange) && (e->WindDelta != 0) && (eNext->WindDelta != 0)) { OutPt* op2 = AddOutPt(eNext, e->Bot); AddJoin(op, op2, e->Top); } } e = e->NextInAEL; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::FixupOutPolyline(OutRec &outrec) { OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts; OutPt *lastPP = pp->Prev; while (pp != lastPP) { pp = pp->Next; if (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) { if (pp == lastPP) lastPP = pp->Prev; OutPt *tmpPP = pp->Prev; tmpPP->Next = pp->Next; pp->Next->Prev = tmpPP; delete pp; pp = tmpPP; } } if (pp == pp->Prev) { DisposeOutPts(pp); outrec.Pts = 0; return; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::FixupOutPolygon(OutRec &outrec) { //FixupOutPolygon() - removes duplicate points and simplifies consecutive //parallel edges by removing the middle vertex. OutPt *lastOK = 0; outrec.BottomPt = 0; OutPt *pp = outrec.Pts; bool preserveCol = m_PreserveCollinear || m_StrictSimple; for (;;) { if (pp->Prev == pp || pp->Prev == pp->Next) { DisposeOutPts(pp); outrec.Pts = 0; return; } //test for duplicate points and collinear edges ... if ((pp->Pt == pp->Next->Pt) || (pp->Pt == pp->Prev->Pt) || (SlopesEqual(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt, m_UseFullRange) && (!preserveCol || !Pt2IsBetweenPt1AndPt3(pp->Prev->Pt, pp->Pt, pp->Next->Pt)))) { lastOK = 0; OutPt *tmp = pp; pp->Prev->Next = pp->Next; pp->Next->Prev = pp->Prev; pp = pp->Prev; delete tmp; } else if (pp == lastOK) break; else { if (!lastOK) lastOK = pp; pp = pp->Next; } } outrec.Pts = pp; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ int PointCount(OutPt *Pts) { if (!Pts) return 0; int result = 0; OutPt* p = Pts; do { result++; p = p->Next; } while (p != Pts); return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::BuildResult(Paths &polys) { polys.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { if (!m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts) continue; Path pg; OutPt* p = m_PolyOuts[i]->Pts->Prev; int cnt = PointCount(p); if (cnt < 2) continue; pg.reserve(cnt); for (int i = 0; i < cnt; ++i) { pg.push_back(p->Pt); p = p->Prev; } polys.push_back(pg); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::BuildResult2(PolyTree& polytree) { polytree.Clear(); polytree.AllNodes.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); //add each output polygon/contour to polytree ... for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++) { OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; int cnt = PointCount(outRec->Pts); if ((outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 2) || (!outRec->IsOpen && cnt < 3)) continue; FixHoleLinkage(*outRec); PolyNode* pn = new PolyNode(); //nb: polytree takes ownership of all the PolyNodes polytree.AllNodes.push_back(pn); outRec->PolyNd = pn; pn->Parent = 0; pn->Index = 0; pn->Contour.reserve(cnt); OutPt *op = outRec->Pts->Prev; for (int j = 0; j < cnt; j++) { pn->Contour.push_back(op->Pt); op = op->Prev; } } //fixup PolyNode links etc ... polytree.Childs.reserve(m_PolyOuts.size()); for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); i++) { OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; if (!outRec->PolyNd) continue; if (outRec->IsOpen) { outRec->PolyNd->m_IsOpen = true; polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); } else if (outRec->FirstLeft && outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd) outRec->FirstLeft->PolyNd->AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); else polytree.AddChild(*outRec->PolyNd); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void SwapIntersectNodes(IntersectNode &int1, IntersectNode &int2) { //just swap the contents (because fIntersectNodes is a single-linked-list) IntersectNode inode = int1; //gets a copy of Int1 int1.Edge1 = int2.Edge1; int1.Edge2 = int2.Edge2; int1.Pt = int2.Pt; int2.Edge1 = inode.Edge1; int2.Edge2 = inode.Edge2; int2.Pt = inode.Pt; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline bool E2InsertsBeforeE1(TEdge &e1, TEdge &e2) { if (e2.Curr.X == e1.Curr.X) { if (e2.Top.Y > e1.Top.Y) return e2.Top.X < TopX(e1, e2.Top.Y); else return e1.Top.X > TopX(e2, e1.Top.Y); } else return e2.Curr.X < e1.Curr.X; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool GetOverlap(const cInt a1, const cInt a2, const cInt b1, const cInt b2, cInt& Left, cInt& Right) { if (a1 < a2) { if (b1 < b2) {Left = std::max(a1,b1); Right = std::min(a2,b2);} else {Left = std::max(a1,b2); Right = std::min(a2,b1);} } else { if (b1 < b2) {Left = std::max(a2,b1); Right = std::min(a1,b2);} else {Left = std::max(a2,b2); Right = std::min(a1,b1);} } return Left < Right; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline void UpdateOutPtIdxs(OutRec& outrec) { OutPt* op = outrec.Pts; do { op->Idx = outrec.Idx; op = op->Prev; } while(op != outrec.Pts); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::InsertEdgeIntoAEL(TEdge *edge, TEdge* startEdge) { if(!m_ActiveEdges) { edge->PrevInAEL = 0; edge->NextInAEL = 0; m_ActiveEdges = edge; } else if(!startEdge && E2InsertsBeforeE1(*m_ActiveEdges, *edge)) { edge->PrevInAEL = 0; edge->NextInAEL = m_ActiveEdges; m_ActiveEdges->PrevInAEL = edge; m_ActiveEdges = edge; } else { if(!startEdge) startEdge = m_ActiveEdges; while(startEdge->NextInAEL && !E2InsertsBeforeE1(*startEdge->NextInAEL , *edge)) startEdge = startEdge->NextInAEL; edge->NextInAEL = startEdge->NextInAEL; if(startEdge->NextInAEL) startEdge->NextInAEL->PrevInAEL = edge; edge->PrevInAEL = startEdge; startEdge->NextInAEL = edge; } } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- OutPt* DupOutPt(OutPt* outPt, bool InsertAfter) { OutPt* result = new OutPt; result->Pt = outPt->Pt; result->Idx = outPt->Idx; if (InsertAfter) { result->Next = outPt->Next; result->Prev = outPt; outPt->Next->Prev = result; outPt->Next = result; } else { result->Prev = outPt->Prev; result->Next = outPt; outPt->Prev->Next = result; outPt->Prev = result; } return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool JoinHorz(OutPt* op1, OutPt* op1b, OutPt* op2, OutPt* op2b, const IntPoint Pt, bool DiscardLeft) { Direction Dir1 = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight); Direction Dir2 = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X ? dRightToLeft : dLeftToRight); if (Dir1 == Dir2) return false; //When DiscardLeft, we want Op1b to be on the Left of Op1, otherwise we //want Op1b to be on the Right. (And likewise with Op2 and Op2b.) //So, to facilitate this while inserting Op1b and Op2b ... //when DiscardLeft, make sure we're AT or RIGHT of Pt before adding Op1b, //otherwise make sure we're AT or LEFT of Pt. (Likewise with Op2b.) if (Dir1 == dLeftToRight) { while (op1->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.X >= op1->Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) op1 = op1->Next; if (DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op1 = op1->Next; op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft); if (op1b->Pt != Pt) { op1 = op1b; op1->Pt = Pt; op1b = DupOutPt(op1, !DiscardLeft); } } else { while (op1->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.X <= op1->Pt.X && op1->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) op1 = op1->Next; if (!DiscardLeft && (op1->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op1 = op1->Next; op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft); if (op1b->Pt != Pt) { op1 = op1b; op1->Pt = Pt; op1b = DupOutPt(op1, DiscardLeft); } } if (Dir2 == dLeftToRight) { while (op2->Next->Pt.X <= Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.X >= op2->Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) op2 = op2->Next; if (DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op2 = op2->Next; op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft); if (op2b->Pt != Pt) { op2 = op2b; op2->Pt = Pt; op2b = DupOutPt(op2, !DiscardLeft); }; } else { while (op2->Next->Pt.X >= Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.X <= op2->Pt.X && op2->Next->Pt.Y == Pt.Y) op2 = op2->Next; if (!DiscardLeft && (op2->Pt.X != Pt.X)) op2 = op2->Next; op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft); if (op2b->Pt != Pt) { op2 = op2b; op2->Pt = Pt; op2b = DupOutPt(op2, DiscardLeft); }; }; if ((Dir1 == dLeftToRight) == DiscardLeft) { op1->Prev = op2; op2->Next = op1; op1b->Next = op2b; op2b->Prev = op1b; } else { op1->Next = op2; op2->Prev = op1; op1b->Prev = op2b; op2b->Next = op1b; } return true; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool Clipper::JoinPoints(Join *j, OutRec* outRec1, OutRec* outRec2) { OutPt *op1 = j->OutPt1, *op1b; OutPt *op2 = j->OutPt2, *op2b; //There are 3 kinds of joins for output polygons ... //1. Horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are vertices anywhere //along (horizontal) collinear edges (& Join.OffPt is on the same horizontal). //2. Non-horizontal joins where Join.OutPt1 & Join.OutPt2 are at the same //location at the Bottom of the overlapping segment (& Join.OffPt is above). //3. StrictSimple joins where edges touch but are not collinear and where //Join.OutPt1, Join.OutPt2 & Join.OffPt all share the same point. bool isHorizontal = (j->OutPt1->Pt.Y == j->OffPt.Y); if (isHorizontal && (j->OffPt == j->OutPt1->Pt) && (j->OffPt == j->OutPt2->Pt)) { //Strictly Simple join ... if (outRec1 != outRec2) return false; op1b = j->OutPt1->Next; while (op1b != op1 && (op1b->Pt == j->OffPt)) op1b = op1b->Next; bool reverse1 = (op1b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y); op2b = j->OutPt2->Next; while (op2b != op2 && (op2b->Pt == j->OffPt)) op2b = op2b->Next; bool reverse2 = (op2b->Pt.Y > j->OffPt.Y); if (reverse1 == reverse2) return false; if (reverse1) { op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false); op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true); op1->Prev = op2; op2->Next = op1; op1b->Next = op2b; op2b->Prev = op1b; j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op1b; return true; } else { op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true); op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false); op1->Next = op2; op2->Prev = op1; op1b->Prev = op2b; op2b->Next = op1b; j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op1b; return true; } } else if (isHorizontal) { //treat horizontal joins differently to non-horizontal joins since with //them we're not yet sure where the overlapping is. OutPt1.Pt & OutPt2.Pt //may be anywhere along the horizontal edge. op1b = op1; while (op1->Prev->Pt.Y == op1->Pt.Y && op1->Prev != op1b && op1->Prev != op2) op1 = op1->Prev; while (op1b->Next->Pt.Y == op1b->Pt.Y && op1b->Next != op1 && op1b->Next != op2) op1b = op1b->Next; if (op1b->Next == op1 || op1b->Next == op2) return false; //a flat 'polygon' op2b = op2; while (op2->Prev->Pt.Y == op2->Pt.Y && op2->Prev != op2b && op2->Prev != op1b) op2 = op2->Prev; while (op2b->Next->Pt.Y == op2b->Pt.Y && op2b->Next != op2 && op2b->Next != op1) op2b = op2b->Next; if (op2b->Next == op2 || op2b->Next == op1) return false; //a flat 'polygon' cInt Left, Right; //Op1 --> Op1b & Op2 --> Op2b are the extremites of the horizontal edges if (!GetOverlap(op1->Pt.X, op1b->Pt.X, op2->Pt.X, op2b->Pt.X, Left, Right)) return false; //DiscardLeftSide: when overlapping edges are joined, a spike will created //which needs to be cleaned up. However, we don't want Op1 or Op2 caught up //on the discard Side as either may still be needed for other joins ... IntPoint Pt; bool DiscardLeftSide; if (op1->Pt.X >= Left && op1->Pt.X <= Right) { Pt = op1->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op1->Pt.X > op1b->Pt.X); } else if (op2->Pt.X >= Left&& op2->Pt.X <= Right) { Pt = op2->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op2->Pt.X > op2b->Pt.X); } else if (op1b->Pt.X >= Left && op1b->Pt.X <= Right) { Pt = op1b->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = op1b->Pt.X > op1->Pt.X; } else { Pt = op2b->Pt; DiscardLeftSide = (op2b->Pt.X > op2->Pt.X); } j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op2; return JoinHorz(op1, op1b, op2, op2b, Pt, DiscardLeftSide); } else { //nb: For non-horizontal joins ... // 1. Jr.OutPt1.Pt.Y == Jr.OutPt2.Pt.Y // 2. Jr.OutPt1.Pt > Jr.OffPt.Y //make sure the polygons are correctly oriented ... op1b = op1->Next; while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) op1b = op1b->Next; bool Reverse1 = ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) || !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)); if (Reverse1) { op1b = op1->Prev; while ((op1b->Pt == op1->Pt) && (op1b != op1)) op1b = op1b->Prev; if ((op1b->Pt.Y > op1->Pt.Y) || !SlopesEqual(op1->Pt, op1b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) return false; }; op2b = op2->Next; while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2))op2b = op2b->Next; bool Reverse2 = ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) || !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)); if (Reverse2) { op2b = op2->Prev; while ((op2b->Pt == op2->Pt) && (op2b != op2)) op2b = op2b->Prev; if ((op2b->Pt.Y > op2->Pt.Y) || !SlopesEqual(op2->Pt, op2b->Pt, j->OffPt, m_UseFullRange)) return false; } if ((op1b == op1) || (op2b == op2) || (op1b == op2b) || ((outRec1 == outRec2) && (Reverse1 == Reverse2))) return false; if (Reverse1) { op1b = DupOutPt(op1, false); op2b = DupOutPt(op2, true); op1->Prev = op2; op2->Next = op1; op1b->Next = op2b; op2b->Prev = op1b; j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op1b; return true; } else { op1b = DupOutPt(op1, true); op2b = DupOutPt(op2, false); op1->Next = op2; op2->Prev = op1; op1b->Prev = op2b; op2b->Next = op1b; j->OutPt1 = op1; j->OutPt2 = op1b; return true; } } } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- static OutRec* ParseFirstLeft(OutRec* FirstLeft) { while (FirstLeft && !FirstLeft->Pts) FirstLeft = FirstLeft->FirstLeft; return FirstLeft; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts1(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec) { //tests if NewOutRec contains the polygon before reassigning FirstLeft for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; OutRec* firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); if (outRec->Pts && firstLeft == OldOutRec) { if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, NewOutRec->Pts)) outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec; } } } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts2(OutRec* InnerOutRec, OutRec* OuterOutRec) { //A polygon has split into two such that one is now the inner of the other. //It's possible that these polygons now wrap around other polygons, so check //every polygon that's also contained by OuterOutRec's FirstLeft container //(including 0) to see if they've become inner to the new inner polygon ... OutRec* orfl = OuterOutRec->FirstLeft; for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; if (!outRec->Pts || outRec == OuterOutRec || outRec == InnerOutRec) continue; OutRec* firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); if (firstLeft != orfl && firstLeft != InnerOutRec && firstLeft != OuterOutRec) continue; if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, InnerOutRec->Pts)) outRec->FirstLeft = InnerOutRec; else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec->Pts, OuterOutRec->Pts)) outRec->FirstLeft = OuterOutRec; else if (outRec->FirstLeft == InnerOutRec || outRec->FirstLeft == OuterOutRec) outRec->FirstLeft = orfl; } } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- void Clipper::FixupFirstLefts3(OutRec* OldOutRec, OutRec* NewOutRec) { //reassigns FirstLeft WITHOUT testing if NewOutRec contains the polygon for (PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; i < m_PolyOuts.size(); ++i) { OutRec* outRec = m_PolyOuts[i]; // OutRec* firstLeft = ParseFirstLeft(outRec->FirstLeft); if (outRec->Pts && outRec->FirstLeft == OldOutRec) outRec->FirstLeft = NewOutRec; } } //---------------------------------------------------------------------- void Clipper::JoinCommonEdges() { for (JoinList::size_type i = 0; i < m_Joins.size(); i++) { Join* join = m_Joins[i]; OutRec *outRec1 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt1->Idx); OutRec *outRec2 = GetOutRec(join->OutPt2->Idx); if (!outRec1->Pts || !outRec2->Pts) continue; if (outRec1->IsOpen || outRec2->IsOpen) continue; //get the polygon fragment with the correct hole state (FirstLeft) //before calling JoinPoints() ... OutRec *holeStateRec; if (outRec1 == outRec2) holeStateRec = outRec1; else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec1, outRec2)) holeStateRec = outRec2; else if (OutRec1RightOfOutRec2(outRec2, outRec1)) holeStateRec = outRec1; else holeStateRec = GetLowermostRec(outRec1, outRec2); if (!JoinPoints(join, outRec1, outRec2)) continue; if (outRec1 == outRec2) { //instead of joining two polygons, we've just created a new one by //splitting one polygon into two. outRec1->Pts = join->OutPt1; outRec1->BottomPt = 0; outRec2 = CreateOutRec(); outRec2->Pts = join->OutPt2; //update all OutRec2.Pts Idx's ... UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outRec2); if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec2->Pts, outRec1->Pts)) { //outRec1 contains outRec2 ... outRec2->IsHole = !outRec1->IsHole; outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec2, outRec1); if ((outRec2->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec2) > 0)) ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec2->Pts); } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outRec1->Pts, outRec2->Pts)) { //outRec2 contains outRec1 ... outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole; outRec1->IsHole = !outRec2->IsHole; outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft; outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2; if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outRec1, outRec2); if ((outRec1->IsHole ^ m_ReverseOutput) == (Area(*outRec1) > 0)) ReversePolyPtLinks(outRec1->Pts); } else { //the 2 polygons are completely separate ... outRec2->IsHole = outRec1->IsHole; outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1->FirstLeft; //fixup FirstLeft pointers that may need reassigning to OutRec2 if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts1(outRec1, outRec2); } } else { //joined 2 polygons together ... outRec2->Pts = 0; outRec2->BottomPt = 0; outRec2->Idx = outRec1->Idx; outRec1->IsHole = holeStateRec->IsHole; if (holeStateRec == outRec2) outRec1->FirstLeft = outRec2->FirstLeft; outRec2->FirstLeft = outRec1; if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts3(outRec2, outRec1); } } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // ClipperOffset support functions ... //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ DoublePoint GetUnitNormal(const IntPoint &pt1, const IntPoint &pt2) { if(pt2.X == pt1.X && pt2.Y == pt1.Y) return DoublePoint(0, 0); double Dx = (double)(pt2.X - pt1.X); double dy = (double)(pt2.Y - pt1.Y); double f = 1 *1.0/ std::sqrt( Dx*Dx + dy*dy ); Dx *= f; dy *= f; return DoublePoint(dy, -Dx); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // ClipperOffset class //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ClipperOffset::ClipperOffset(double miterLimit, double arcTolerance) { this->MiterLimit = miterLimit; this->ArcTolerance = arcTolerance; m_lowest.X = -1; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ ClipperOffset::~ClipperOffset() { Clear(); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::Clear() { for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) delete m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; m_polyNodes.Childs.clear(); m_lowest.X = -1; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::AddPath(const Path& path, JoinType joinType, EndType endType) { int highI = (int)path.size() - 1; if (highI < 0) return; PolyNode* newNode = new PolyNode(); newNode->m_jointype = joinType; newNode->m_endtype = endType; //strip duplicate points from path and also get index to the lowest point ... if (endType == etClosedLine || endType == etClosedPolygon) while (highI > 0 && path[0] == path[highI]) highI--; newNode->Contour.reserve(highI + 1); newNode->Contour.push_back(path[0]); int j = 0, k = 0; for (int i = 1; i <= highI; i++) if (newNode->Contour[j] != path[i]) { j++; newNode->Contour.push_back(path[i]); if (path[i].Y > newNode->Contour[k].Y || (path[i].Y == newNode->Contour[k].Y && path[i].X < newNode->Contour[k].X)) k = j; } if (endType == etClosedPolygon && j < 2) { delete newNode; return; } m_polyNodes.AddChild(*newNode); //if this path's lowest pt is lower than all the others then update m_lowest if (endType != etClosedPolygon) return; if (m_lowest.X < 0) m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k); else { IntPoint ip = m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour[(int)m_lowest.Y]; if (newNode->Contour[k].Y > ip.Y || (newNode->Contour[k].Y == ip.Y && newNode->Contour[k].X < ip.X)) m_lowest = IntPoint(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() - 1, k); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::AddPaths(const Paths& paths, JoinType joinType, EndType endType) { for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i) AddPath(paths[i], joinType, endType); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::FixOrientations() { //fixup orientations of all closed paths if the orientation of the //closed path with the lowermost vertex is wrong ... if (m_lowest.X >= 0 && !Orientation(m_polyNodes.Childs[(int)m_lowest.X]->Contour)) { for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) { PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon || (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && Orientation(node.Contour))) ReversePath(node.Contour); } } else { for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); ++i) { PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine && !Orientation(node.Contour)) ReversePath(node.Contour); } } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::Execute(Paths& solution, double delta) { solution.clear(); FixOrientations(); DoOffset(delta); //now clean up 'corners' ... Clipper clpr; clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true); if (delta > 0) { clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive); } else { IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds(); Path outer(4); outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10); outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10); outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10); outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10); clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true); clpr.ReverseSolution(true); clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative); if (solution.size() > 0) solution.erase(solution.begin()); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::Execute(PolyTree& solution, double delta) { solution.Clear(); FixOrientations(); DoOffset(delta); //now clean up 'corners' ... Clipper clpr; clpr.AddPaths(m_destPolys, ptSubject, true); if (delta > 0) { clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftPositive, pftPositive); } else { IntRect r = clpr.GetBounds(); Path outer(4); outer[0] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.bottom + 10); outer[1] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.bottom + 10); outer[2] = IntPoint(r.right + 10, r.top - 10); outer[3] = IntPoint(r.left - 10, r.top - 10); clpr.AddPath(outer, ptSubject, true); clpr.ReverseSolution(true); clpr.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNegative, pftNegative); //remove the outer PolyNode rectangle ... if (solution.ChildCount() == 1 && solution.Childs[0]->ChildCount() > 0) { PolyNode* outerNode = solution.Childs[0]; solution.Childs.reserve(outerNode->ChildCount()); solution.Childs[0] = outerNode->Childs[0]; solution.Childs[0]->Parent = outerNode->Parent; for (int i = 1; i < outerNode->ChildCount(); ++i) solution.AddChild(*outerNode->Childs[i]); } else solution.Clear(); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::DoOffset(double delta) { m_destPolys.clear(); m_delta = delta; //if Zero offset, just copy any CLOSED polygons to m_p and return ... if (NEAR_ZERO(delta)) { m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount()); for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++) { PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) m_destPolys.push_back(node.Contour); } return; } //see offset_triginometry3.svg in the documentation folder ... if (MiterLimit > 2) m_miterLim = 2/(MiterLimit * MiterLimit); else m_miterLim = 0.5; double y; if (ArcTolerance <= 0.0) y = def_arc_tolerance; else if (ArcTolerance > std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance) y = std::fabs(delta) * def_arc_tolerance; else y = ArcTolerance; //see offset_triginometry2.svg in the documentation folder ... double steps = pi / std::acos(1 - y / std::fabs(delta)); if (steps > std::fabs(delta) * pi) steps = std::fabs(delta) * pi; //ie excessive precision check m_sin = std::sin(two_pi / steps); m_cos = std::cos(two_pi / steps); m_StepsPerRad = steps / two_pi; if (delta < 0.0) m_sin = -m_sin; m_destPolys.reserve(m_polyNodes.ChildCount() * 2); for (int i = 0; i < m_polyNodes.ChildCount(); i++) { PolyNode& node = *m_polyNodes.Childs[i]; m_srcPoly = node.Contour; int len = (int)m_srcPoly.size(); if (len == 0 || (delta <= 0 && (len < 3 || node.m_endtype != etClosedPolygon))) continue; m_destPoly.clear(); if (len == 1) { if (node.m_jointype == jtRound) { double X = 1.0, Y = 0.0; for (cInt j = 1; j <= steps; j++) { m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta), Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta))); double X2 = X; X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y; Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos; } } else { double X = -1.0, Y = -1.0; for (int j = 0; j < 4; ++j) { m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + X * delta), Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + Y * delta))); if (X < 0) X = 1; else if (Y < 0) Y = 1; else X = -1; } } m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); continue; } //build m_normals ... m_normals.clear(); m_normals.reserve(len); for (int j = 0; j < len - 1; ++j) m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[j], m_srcPoly[j + 1])); if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine || node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) m_normals.push_back(GetUnitNormal(m_srcPoly[len - 1], m_srcPoly[0])); else m_normals.push_back(DoublePoint(m_normals[len - 2])); if (node.m_endtype == etClosedPolygon) { int k = len - 1; for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); } else if (node.m_endtype == etClosedLine) { int k = len - 1; for (int j = 0; j < len; ++j) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); m_destPoly.clear(); //re-build m_normals ... DoublePoint n = m_normals[len -1]; for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--) m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y); m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-n.X, -n.Y); k = 0; for (int j = len - 1; j >= 0; j--) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); } else { int k = 0; for (int j = 1; j < len - 1; ++j) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); IntPoint pt1; if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt) { int j = len - 1; pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * delta)); m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].X - m_normals[j].X * delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y - m_normals[j].Y * delta)); m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); } else { int j = len - 1; k = len - 2; m_sinA = 0; m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j].X, -m_normals[j].Y); if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare) DoSquare(j, k); else DoRound(j, k); } //re-build m_normals ... for (int j = len - 1; j > 0; j--) m_normals[j] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[j - 1].X, -m_normals[j - 1].Y); m_normals[0] = DoublePoint(-m_normals[1].X, -m_normals[1].Y); k = len - 1; for (int j = k - 1; j > 0; --j) OffsetPoint(j, k, node.m_jointype); if (node.m_endtype == etOpenButt) { pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X - m_normals[0].X * delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y - m_normals[0].Y * delta)); m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); pt1 = IntPoint((cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].X + m_normals[0].X * delta), (cInt)Round(m_srcPoly[0].Y + m_normals[0].Y * delta)); m_destPoly.push_back(pt1); } else { k = 1; m_sinA = 0; if (node.m_endtype == etOpenSquare) DoSquare(0, 1); else DoRound(0, 1); } m_destPolys.push_back(m_destPoly); } } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::OffsetPoint(int j, int& k, JoinType jointype) { //cross product ... m_sinA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].Y); if (std::fabs(m_sinA * m_delta) < 1.0) { //dot product ... double cosA = (m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y ); if (cosA > 0) // angle => 0 degrees { m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta))); return; } //else angle => 180 degrees } else if (m_sinA > 1.0) m_sinA = 1.0; else if (m_sinA < -1.0) m_sinA = -1.0; if (m_sinA * m_delta < 0) { m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[k].X * m_delta), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[k].Y * m_delta))); m_destPoly.push_back(m_srcPoly[j]); m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta))); } else switch (jointype) { case jtMiter: { double r = 1 + (m_normals[j].X * m_normals[k].X + m_normals[j].Y * m_normals[k].Y); if (r >= m_miterLim) DoMiter(j, k, r); else DoSquare(j, k); break; } case jtSquare: DoSquare(j, k); break; case jtRound: DoRound(j, k); break; } k = j; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::DoSquare(int j, int k) { double dx = std::tan(std::atan2(m_sinA, m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y) / 4); m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[k].X - m_normals[k].Y * dx)), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_delta * (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[k].X * dx)))); m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_delta * (m_normals[j].X + m_normals[j].Y * dx)), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_delta * (m_normals[j].Y - m_normals[j].X * dx)))); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::DoMiter(int j, int k, double r) { double q = m_delta / r; m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint(Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + (m_normals[k].X + m_normals[j].X) * q), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + (m_normals[k].Y + m_normals[j].Y) * q))); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClipperOffset::DoRound(int j, int k) { double a = std::atan2(m_sinA, m_normals[k].X * m_normals[j].X + m_normals[k].Y * m_normals[j].Y); int steps = std::max((int)Round(m_StepsPerRad * std::fabs(a)), 1); double X = m_normals[k].X, Y = m_normals[k].Y, X2; for (int i = 0; i < steps; ++i) { m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + X * m_delta), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + Y * m_delta))); X2 = X; X = X * m_cos - m_sin * Y; Y = X2 * m_sin + Y * m_cos; } m_destPoly.push_back(IntPoint( Round(m_srcPoly[j].X + m_normals[j].X * m_delta), Round(m_srcPoly[j].Y + m_normals[j].Y * m_delta))); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Miscellaneous public functions //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Clipper::DoSimplePolygons() { PolyOutList::size_type i = 0; while (i < m_PolyOuts.size()) { OutRec* outrec = m_PolyOuts[i++]; OutPt* op = outrec->Pts; if (!op || outrec->IsOpen) continue; do //for each Pt in Polygon until duplicate found do ... { OutPt* op2 = op->Next; while (op2 != outrec->Pts) { if ((op->Pt == op2->Pt) && op2->Next != op && op2->Prev != op) { //split the polygon into two ... OutPt* op3 = op->Prev; OutPt* op4 = op2->Prev; op->Prev = op4; op4->Next = op; op2->Prev = op3; op3->Next = op2; outrec->Pts = op; OutRec* outrec2 = CreateOutRec(); outrec2->Pts = op2; UpdateOutPtIdxs(*outrec2); if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec2->Pts, outrec->Pts)) { //OutRec2 is contained by OutRec1 ... outrec2->IsHole = !outrec->IsHole; outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec; if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outrec2, outrec); } else if (Poly2ContainsPoly1(outrec->Pts, outrec2->Pts)) { //OutRec1 is contained by OutRec2 ... outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole; outrec->IsHole = !outrec2->IsHole; outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft; outrec->FirstLeft = outrec2; if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts2(outrec, outrec2); } else { //the 2 polygons are separate ... outrec2->IsHole = outrec->IsHole; outrec2->FirstLeft = outrec->FirstLeft; if (m_UsingPolyTree) FixupFirstLefts1(outrec, outrec2); } op2 = op; //ie get ready for the Next iteration } op2 = op2->Next; } op = op->Next; } while (op != outrec->Pts); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ReversePath(Path& p) { std::reverse(p.begin(), p.end()); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ReversePaths(Paths& p) { for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); ++i) ReversePath(p[i]); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void SimplifyPolygon(const Path &in_poly, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType) { Clipper c; c.StrictlySimple(true); c.AddPath(in_poly, ptSubject, true); c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void SimplifyPolygons(const Paths &in_polys, Paths &out_polys, PolyFillType fillType) { Clipper c; c.StrictlySimple(true); c.AddPaths(in_polys, ptSubject, true); c.Execute(ctUnion, out_polys, fillType, fillType); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void SimplifyPolygons(Paths &polys, PolyFillType fillType) { SimplifyPolygons(polys, polys, fillType); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ inline double DistanceSqrd(const IntPoint& pt1, const IntPoint& pt2) { double Dx = ((double)pt1.X - pt2.X); double dy = ((double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y); return (Dx*Dx + dy*dy); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ double DistanceFromLineSqrd( const IntPoint& pt, const IntPoint& ln1, const IntPoint& ln2) { //The equation of a line in general form (Ax + By + C = 0) //given 2 points (x¹,y¹) & (x²,y²) is ... //(y¹ - y²)x + (x² - x¹)y + (y² - y¹)x¹ - (x² - x¹)y¹ = 0 //A = (y¹ - y²); B = (x² - x¹); C = (y² - y¹)x¹ - (x² - x¹)y¹ //perpendicular distance of point (x³,y³) = (Ax³ + By³ + C)/Sqrt(A² + B²) //see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Perpendicular_distance double A = double(ln1.Y - ln2.Y); double B = double(ln2.X - ln1.X); double C = A * ln1.X + B * ln1.Y; C = A * pt.X + B * pt.Y - C; return (C * C) / (A * A + B * B); } //--------------------------------------------------------------------------- bool SlopesNearCollinear(const IntPoint& pt1, const IntPoint& pt2, const IntPoint& pt3, double distSqrd) { //this function is more accurate when the point that's geometrically //between the other 2 points is the one that's tested for distance. //ie makes it more likely to pick up 'spikes' ... if (Abs(pt1.X - pt2.X) > Abs(pt1.Y - pt2.Y)) { if ((pt1.X > pt2.X) == (pt1.X < pt3.X)) return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd; else if ((pt2.X > pt1.X) == (pt2.X < pt3.X)) return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd; else return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd; } else { if ((pt1.Y > pt2.Y) == (pt1.Y < pt3.Y)) return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt1, pt2, pt3) < distSqrd; else if ((pt2.Y > pt1.Y) == (pt2.Y < pt3.Y)) return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt2, pt1, pt3) < distSqrd; else return DistanceFromLineSqrd(pt3, pt1, pt2) < distSqrd; } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ bool PointsAreClose(IntPoint pt1, IntPoint pt2, double distSqrd) { double Dx = (double)pt1.X - pt2.X; double dy = (double)pt1.Y - pt2.Y; return ((Dx * Dx) + (dy * dy) <= distSqrd); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OutPt* ExcludeOp(OutPt* op) { OutPt* result = op->Prev; result->Next = op->Next; op->Next->Prev = result; result->Idx = 0; return result; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void CleanPolygon(const Path& in_poly, Path& out_poly, double distance) { //distance = proximity in units/pixels below which vertices //will be stripped. Default ~= sqrt(2). size_t size = in_poly.size(); if (size == 0) { out_poly.clear(); return; } OutPt* outPts = new OutPt[size]; for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { outPts[i].Pt = in_poly[i]; outPts[i].Next = &outPts[(i + 1) % size]; outPts[i].Next->Prev = &outPts[i]; outPts[i].Idx = 0; } double distSqrd = distance * distance; OutPt* op = &outPts[0]; while (op->Idx == 0 && op->Next != op->Prev) { if (PointsAreClose(op->Pt, op->Prev->Pt, distSqrd)) { op = ExcludeOp(op); size--; } else if (PointsAreClose(op->Prev->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd)) { ExcludeOp(op->Next); op = ExcludeOp(op); size -= 2; } else if (SlopesNearCollinear(op->Prev->Pt, op->Pt, op->Next->Pt, distSqrd)) { op = ExcludeOp(op); size--; } else { op->Idx = 1; op = op->Next; } } if (size < 3) size = 0; out_poly.resize(size); for (size_t i = 0; i < size; ++i) { out_poly[i] = op->Pt; op = op->Next; } delete [] outPts; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void CleanPolygon(Path& poly, double distance) { CleanPolygon(poly, poly, distance); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void CleanPolygons(const Paths& in_polys, Paths& out_polys, double distance) { out_polys.resize(in_polys.size()); for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < in_polys.size(); ++i) CleanPolygon(in_polys[i], out_polys[i], distance); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void CleanPolygons(Paths& polys, double distance) { CleanPolygons(polys, polys, distance); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void Minkowski(const Path& poly, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool isSum, bool isClosed) { int delta = (isClosed ? 1 : 0); size_t polyCnt = poly.size(); size_t pathCnt = path.size(); Paths pp; pp.reserve(pathCnt); if (isSum) for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i) { Path p; p.reserve(polyCnt); for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j) p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X + poly[j].X, path[i].Y + poly[j].Y)); pp.push_back(p); } else for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt; ++i) { Path p; p.reserve(polyCnt); for (size_t j = 0; j < poly.size(); ++j) p.push_back(IntPoint(path[i].X - poly[j].X, path[i].Y - poly[j].Y)); pp.push_back(p); } solution.clear(); solution.reserve((pathCnt + delta) * (polyCnt + 1)); for (size_t i = 0; i < pathCnt - 1 + delta; ++i) for (size_t j = 0; j < polyCnt; ++j) { Path quad; quad.reserve(4); quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]); quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][j % polyCnt]); quad.push_back(pp[(i + 1) % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]); quad.push_back(pp[i % pathCnt][(j + 1) % polyCnt]); if (!Orientation(quad)) ReversePath(quad); solution.push_back(quad); } } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Path& path, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed) { Minkowski(pattern, path, solution, true, pathIsClosed); Clipper c; c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true); c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void TranslatePath(const Path& input, Path& output, const IntPoint delta) { //precondition: input != output output.resize(input.size()); for (size_t i = 0; i < input.size(); ++i) output[i] = IntPoint(input[i].X + delta.X, input[i].Y + delta.Y); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void MinkowskiSum(const Path& pattern, const Paths& paths, Paths& solution, bool pathIsClosed) { Clipper c; for (size_t i = 0; i < paths.size(); ++i) { Paths tmp; Minkowski(pattern, paths[i], tmp, true, pathIsClosed); c.AddPaths(tmp, ptSubject, true); if (pathIsClosed) { Path tmp2; TranslatePath(paths[i], tmp2, pattern[0]); c.AddPath(tmp2, ptClip, true); } } c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void MinkowskiDiff(const Path& poly1, const Path& poly2, Paths& solution) { Minkowski(poly1, poly2, solution, false, true); Clipper c; c.AddPaths(solution, ptSubject, true); c.Execute(ctUnion, solution, pftNonZero, pftNonZero); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ enum NodeType {ntAny, ntOpen, ntClosed}; void AddPolyNodeToPaths(const PolyNode& polynode, NodeType nodetype, Paths& paths) { bool match = true; if (nodetype == ntClosed) match = !polynode.IsOpen(); else if (nodetype == ntOpen) return; if (!polynode.Contour.empty() && match) paths.push_back(polynode.Contour); for (int i = 0; i < polynode.ChildCount(); ++i) AddPolyNodeToPaths(*polynode.Childs[i], nodetype, paths); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void PolyTreeToPaths(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths) { paths.resize(0); paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntAny, paths); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void ClosedPathsFromPolyTree(const PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths) { paths.resize(0); paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); AddPolyNodeToPaths(polytree, ntClosed, paths); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ void OpenPathsFromPolyTree(PolyTree& polytree, Paths& paths) { paths.resize(0); paths.reserve(polytree.Total()); //Open paths are top level only, so ... for (int i = 0; i < polytree.ChildCount(); ++i) if (polytree.Childs[i]->IsOpen()) paths.push_back(polytree.Childs[i]->Contour); } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const IntPoint &p) { s << "(" << p.X << "," << p.Y << ")"; return s; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Path &p) { if (p.empty()) return s; Path::size_type last = p.size() -1; for (Path::size_type i = 0; i < last; i++) s << "(" << p[i].X << "," << p[i].Y << "), "; s << "(" << p[last].X << "," << p[last].Y << ")\n"; return s; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ std::ostream& operator <<(std::ostream &s, const Paths &p) { for (Paths::size_type i = 0; i < p.size(); i++) s << p[i]; s << "\n"; return s; } //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ } //ClipperLib namespace polyclip/src/Makevars.in0000644000176200001440000000013512677636723015017 0ustar liggesusersPKG_CPPFLAGS = @POLYCLIP_CPPFLAGS@ PKG_CXXFLAGS = @POLYCLIP_CXXFLAGS@ @POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR@ polyclip/src/Makevars.win0000644000176200001440000000002012677636723015177 0ustar liggesusersPKG_CPPFLAGS = polyclip/src/interface.cpp0000644000176200001440000003655612677636723015402 0ustar liggesusers#include "clipper.h" #include #include using namespace std; using namespace ClipperLib; void CopyToPath(int *x, int *y, int n, ClipperLib::Path &p) { p.clear(); p.reserve(n); for (int i = 0; i < n; i++) p.push_back(IntPoint(x[i], y[i])); } void CopyFromPath(ClipperLib::Path &p, int *x, int *y, int nmax, int *n) { int N; *n = N = p.size(); if(N <= nmax) { for (int i = 0; i < N; i++) { x[i] = p[i].X; y[i] = p[i].Y; } } } void ScaleToPath(double *x, double *y, int n, ClipperLib::Path &p, double x0, double y0, double eps) { int i; cInt cxi, cyi; p.clear(); p.reserve(n); for (i = 0; i < n; i++) { cxi = (cInt) ((x[i] - x0)/eps); cyi = (cInt) ((y[i] - y0)/eps); p.push_back(IntPoint(cxi, cyi)); } } void ScaleFromPath(ClipperLib::Path &p, double *x, double *y, int nmax, int *n, double x0, double y0, double eps) { int N; *n = N = p.size(); if(N <= nmax) { for (int i = 0; i < N; i++) { x[i] = x0 + eps * ((double) p[i].X); y[i] = y0 + eps * ((double) p[i].Y); } } } extern "C" { SEXP Csimplify(SEXP A, SEXP pft, SEXP X0, SEXP Y0, SEXP Eps) { int nA, i, nAi, m, mi, mitrue; double *x, *y, *xx, *yy; SEXP Ai = R_NilValue; SEXP out, outi, xouti, youti; int pftcode; PolyFillType filltype; double x0, y0, eps; // protect arguments from garbage collector PROTECT(A = AS_LIST(A)); PROTECT(pft = AS_INTEGER(pft)); PROTECT(X0 = AS_NUMERIC(X0)); PROTECT(Y0 = AS_NUMERIC(Y0)); PROTECT(Eps = AS_NUMERIC(Eps)); // that's 5 arguments // number of polygons nA = LENGTH(A); // Initialise object containing n polygons Paths polyA(nA); // Get scale parameters x0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(X0)); y0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Y0)); eps = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Eps)); // copy data for(i = 0; i < nA; i++) { Ai = VECTOR_ELT(A, i); nAi = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, nAi, polyA[i], x0, y0, eps); } // interpret clipping parameters pftcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(pft)); switch(pftcode) { case 1: filltype = pftEvenOdd; break; case 2: filltype = pftNonZero; break; case 3: filltype = pftPositive; break; case 4: filltype = pftNegative; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for fill type A"); } // simplify polygon; Paths result; SimplifyPolygons(polyA, result, filltype); // number of polygons m = result.size(); // initialise output list PROTECT(out = NEW_LIST(m)); // copy data if(m > 0) { for(i = 0; i < m; i++) { mi = result[i].size(); // Allocate space for output PROTECT(outi = NEW_LIST(2)); PROTECT(xouti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); PROTECT(youti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); xx = NUMERIC_POINTER(xouti); yy = NUMERIC_POINTER(youti); // copy to output space ScaleFromPath(result[i], xx, yy, mi, &mitrue, x0, y0, eps); // Put vectors into list SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 0, xouti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 1, youti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(out, i, outi); } } UNPROTECT(6 + 3*m); // 5 arguments + out + m * (outi, xouti, youti) return(out); } } // ----------------------------------------------------------------- extern "C" { SEXP Cclipbool(SEXP A, SEXP B, SEXP pftA, SEXP pftB, SEXP ct, SEXP X0, SEXP Y0, SEXP Eps ){ int nA, nB, i, n, m, mi, mitrue; double *x, *y, *xx, *yy; SEXP Ai = R_NilValue, Bi = R_NilValue; SEXP out, outi, xouti, youti; ClipType cliptype; PolyFillType filltypeA, filltypeB; int ctcode, pftAcode, pftBcode; double x0, y0, eps; // protect arguments from garbage collector PROTECT(A = AS_LIST(A)); PROTECT(B = AS_LIST(B)); PROTECT(ct = AS_INTEGER(ct)); PROTECT(pftA = AS_INTEGER(pftA)); PROTECT(pftB = AS_INTEGER(pftB)); PROTECT(X0 = AS_NUMERIC(X0)); PROTECT(Y0 = AS_NUMERIC(Y0)); PROTECT(Eps = AS_NUMERIC(Eps)); // lengths of lists nA = LENGTH(A); nB = LENGTH(B); // Initialise object containing n polygons Paths polyA(nA), polyB(nB); // Get scale parameters x0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(X0)); y0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Y0)); eps = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Eps)); // copy data for(i = 0; i < nA; i++) { Ai = VECTOR_ELT(A, i); n = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, n, polyA[i], x0, y0, eps); } for(i = 0; i < nB; i++) { Bi = VECTOR_ELT(B, i); n = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(Bi, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Bi, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Bi, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, n, polyB[i], x0, y0, eps); } // interpret clipping parameters ctcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(ct)); pftAcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(pftA)); pftBcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(pftB)); switch(ctcode) { case 1: cliptype = ctIntersection; break; case 2: cliptype = ctUnion; break; case 3: cliptype = ctDifference; break; case 4: cliptype = ctXor; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for cliptype"); } switch(pftAcode) { case 1: filltypeA = pftEvenOdd; break; case 2: filltypeA = pftNonZero; break; case 3: filltypeA = pftPositive; break; case 4: filltypeA = pftNegative; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for fill type A"); } switch(pftBcode) { case 1: filltypeB = pftEvenOdd; break; case 2: filltypeB = pftNonZero; break; case 3: filltypeB = pftPositive; break; case 4: filltypeB = pftNegative; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for fill type B"); } // perform clipping operation Clipper c; Paths result; c.AddPaths(polyA, ptSubject, true); c.AddPaths(polyB, ptClip, true); c.Execute(cliptype, result, filltypeA, filltypeB); // number of polygons m = result.size(); // initialise output list PROTECT(out = NEW_LIST(m)); // copy data if(m > 0) { for(i = 0; i < m; i++) { mi = result[i].size(); // Allocate space for output PROTECT(outi = NEW_LIST(2)); PROTECT(xouti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); PROTECT(youti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); xx = NUMERIC_POINTER(xouti); yy = NUMERIC_POINTER(youti); // copy to output space ScaleFromPath(result[i], xx, yy, mi, &mitrue, x0, y0, eps); // Put vectors into list SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 0, xouti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 1, youti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(out, i, outi); } } UNPROTECT(9 + 3*m); // 8 arguments + out + m * (outi, xouti, youti) return(out); } } // offset (dilation) operation for closed polygons extern "C" { SEXP Cpolyoffset(SEXP A, SEXP del, SEXP jt, SEXP mlim, SEXP atol, SEXP X0, SEXP Y0, SEXP Eps ){ int nA, i, n, m, mi, mitrue; double *x, *y, *xx, *yy; SEXP Ai = R_NilValue; SEXP out, outi, xouti, youti; JoinType jointype; int jtcode; double delta, miterlimit, arctolerance; double x0, y0, eps; // protect arguments from garbage collector PROTECT(A = AS_LIST(A)); PROTECT(del = AS_NUMERIC(del)); PROTECT(jt = AS_INTEGER(jt)); PROTECT(mlim = AS_NUMERIC(mlim)); PROTECT(atol = AS_NUMERIC(atol)); PROTECT(X0 = AS_NUMERIC(X0)); PROTECT(Y0 = AS_NUMERIC(Y0)); PROTECT(Eps = AS_NUMERIC(Eps)); // length of list nA = LENGTH(A); // Initialise object containing nA polygons Paths polyA(nA); // Get scale parameters x0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(X0)); y0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Y0)); eps = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Eps)); // copy data for(i = 0; i < nA; i++) { Ai = VECTOR_ELT(A, i); n = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, n, polyA[i], x0, y0, eps); } // interpret offset parameters jtcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(jt)); switch(jtcode) { case 1: jointype = jtSquare; break; case 2: jointype = jtRound; break; case 3: jointype = jtMiter; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for jointype"); } // get parameters delta = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(del)); // absolute distance miterlimit = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(mlim)); // multiple of 'delta' arctolerance = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(atol)); // absolute distance // rescale delta = delta/eps; arctolerance = arctolerance/eps; // perform offset operation ClipperOffset co; Paths result; co.AddPaths(polyA, jointype, etClosedPolygon); co.MiterLimit = miterlimit; co.ArcTolerance = arctolerance; co.Execute(result, delta); // number of polygons m = result.size(); // initialise output list PROTECT(out = NEW_LIST(m)); // copy data if(m > 0) { for(i = 0; i < m; i++) { mi = result[i].size(); // Allocate space for output PROTECT(outi = NEW_LIST(2)); PROTECT(xouti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); PROTECT(youti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); xx = NUMERIC_POINTER(xouti); yy = NUMERIC_POINTER(youti); // copy to output space ScaleFromPath(result[i], xx, yy, mi, &mitrue, x0, y0, eps); // Put vectors into list SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 0, xouti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 1, youti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(out, i, outi); } } UNPROTECT(9 + 3*m); // 8 arguments + out + m * (outi, xouti, youti) return(out); } } // offset (dilation) operation for polygonal lines extern "C" { SEXP Clineoffset(SEXP A, SEXP del, SEXP jt, SEXP et, SEXP mlim, SEXP atol, SEXP X0, SEXP Y0, SEXP Eps ){ int nA, i, n, m, mi, mitrue; double *x, *y, *xx, *yy; SEXP Ai = R_NilValue; SEXP out, outi, xouti, youti; JoinType jointype; EndType endtype; int jtcode, etcode; double delta, miterlimit, arctolerance; double x0, y0, eps; // protect arguments from garbage collector PROTECT(A = AS_LIST(A)); PROTECT(del = AS_NUMERIC(del)); PROTECT(jt = AS_INTEGER(jt)); PROTECT(et = AS_INTEGER(et)); PROTECT(mlim = AS_NUMERIC(mlim)); PROTECT(atol = AS_NUMERIC(atol)); PROTECT(X0 = AS_NUMERIC(X0)); PROTECT(Y0 = AS_NUMERIC(Y0)); PROTECT(Eps = AS_NUMERIC(Eps)); // length of list nA = LENGTH(A); // Initialise object containing nA polygonal lines Paths polyA(nA); // Get scale parameters x0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(X0)); y0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Y0)); eps = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Eps)); // copy data for(i = 0; i < nA; i++) { Ai = VECTOR_ELT(A, i); n = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Ai, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, n, polyA[i], x0, y0, eps); } // interpret offset parameters jtcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(jt)); switch(jtcode) { case 1: jointype = jtSquare; break; case 2: jointype = jtRound; break; case 3: jointype = jtMiter; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for jointype"); } etcode = *(INTEGER_POINTER(et)); switch(etcode) { case 1: endtype = etClosedPolygon; break; case 2: endtype = etClosedLine; break; case 3: endtype = etOpenButt; break; case 4: endtype = etOpenSquare; break; case 5: endtype = etOpenRound; break; default: error("polyclip: unrecognised code for endtype"); } // get parameters delta = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(del)); // absolute distance miterlimit = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(mlim)); // multiple of 'delta' arctolerance = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(atol)); // absolute distance // rescale delta = delta/eps; arctolerance = arctolerance/eps; // perform offset operation ClipperOffset co; Paths result; co.AddPaths(polyA, jointype, endtype); co.MiterLimit = miterlimit; co.ArcTolerance = arctolerance; co.Execute(result, delta); // number of polygons m = result.size(); // initialise output list PROTECT(out = NEW_LIST(m)); // copy data if(m > 0) { for(i = 0; i < m; i++) { mi = result[i].size(); // Allocate space for output PROTECT(outi = NEW_LIST(2)); PROTECT(xouti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); PROTECT(youti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); xx = NUMERIC_POINTER(xouti); yy = NUMERIC_POINTER(youti); // copy to output space ScaleFromPath(result[i], xx, yy, mi, &mitrue, x0, y0, eps); // Put vectors into list SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 0, xouti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 1, youti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(out, i, outi); } } UNPROTECT(10 + 3*m); // 9 arguments + out + m * (outi, xouti, youti) return(out); } } // Minkowski sum of polygon with **path(s)** extern "C" { SEXP Cminksum(SEXP A, // list(list(x,y)) : polygon SEXP B, // list(list(x,y), list(x,y), ....) SEXP clo, // whether paths in B are closed SEXP X0, SEXP Y0, SEXP Eps) { int nB, i, nBi, nA0, m, mi, mitrue; double *x, *y, *xx, *yy; SEXP A0 = R_NilValue; SEXP Bi = R_NilValue; SEXP out, outi, xouti, youti; bool closed; double x0, y0, eps; Path pathA; // protect arguments from garbage collector PROTECT(A = AS_LIST(A)); PROTECT(B = AS_LIST(B)); PROTECT(clo = AS_LOGICAL(clo)); PROTECT(X0 = AS_NUMERIC(X0)); PROTECT(Y0 = AS_NUMERIC(Y0)); PROTECT(Eps = AS_NUMERIC(Eps)); // that's 6 arguments // Get scale parameters x0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(X0)); y0 = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Y0)); eps = *(NUMERIC_POINTER(Eps)); // logical value specifying whether paths in B should be closed closed = *(LOGICAL_POINTER(clo)); // copy data from A A0 = VECTOR_ELT(A, 0); nA0 = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(A0, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(A0, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(A0, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, nA0, pathA, x0, y0, eps); // number of polygons in B nB = LENGTH(B); // Initialise object representing nB polygons Paths pathsB(nB); // copy data from B for(i = 0; i < nB; i++) { Bi = VECTOR_ELT(B, i); nBi = LENGTH(VECTOR_ELT(Bi, 0)); x = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Bi, 0)); y = NUMERIC_POINTER(VECTOR_ELT(Bi, 1)); ScaleToPath(x, y, nBi, pathsB[i], x0, y0, eps); } // hit it Paths result; MinkowskiSum(pathA, pathsB, result, closed); // number of polygons m = result.size(); // initialise output list PROTECT(out = NEW_LIST(m)); // adjust origin: (x0,y0) were subtracted from both A and B x0 = 2.0 * x0; y0 = 2.0 * y0; // copy data if(m > 0) { for(i = 0; i < m; i++) { mi = result[i].size(); // Allocate space for output PROTECT(outi = NEW_LIST(2)); PROTECT(xouti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); PROTECT(youti = NEW_NUMERIC(mi)); xx = NUMERIC_POINTER(xouti); yy = NUMERIC_POINTER(youti); // copy to output space ScaleFromPath(result[i], xx, yy, mi, &mitrue, x0, y0, eps); // Put vectors into list SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 0, xouti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(outi, 1, youti); SET_VECTOR_ELT(out, i, outi); } } UNPROTECT(7 + 3*m); // 6 arguments + out + m * (outi, xouti, youti) return(out); } } polyclip/NAMESPACE0000644000176200001440000000024412674371107013334 0ustar liggesusersexport(polyclip,polyoffset,polylineoffset,polysimplify,polyminkowski) useDynLib(polyclip, "Cclipbool","Cpolyoffset","Clineoffset","Csimplify","Cminksum") polyclip/R/0000755000176200001440000000000012230373704012307 5ustar liggesuserspolyclip/R/First.R0000644000176200001440000000061412676207502013530 0ustar liggesusers# First.R # # $Revision: 1.1 $ $Date: 2013/10/19 03:06:59 $ # .onLoad <- function(...) {} .onAttach <- function(libname, pkgname) { dfile <- system.file("DESCRIPTION", package="polyclip") ver <- read.dcf(file=dfile, fields="Version") clipperbuild <- read.dcf(file=dfile, fields="Note") msg <- paste("polyclip", ver, clipperbuild) packageStartupMessage(msg) invisible(NULL) } polyclip/R/clipper.R0000644000176200001440000001753412674640632014113 0ustar liggesusers# # clipper.R # # Interface to Clipper C++ code # # $Revision: 1.13 $ $Date: 2016/03/24 00:52:57 $ # validxy <- function(P) { is.list(P) && all(c("x","y") %in% names(P)) && is.vector(P$x) && is.vector(P$y) && length(P$x)==length(P$y) } validpoly <- function(P) { is.list(P) && all(unlist(lapply(P, validxy))) } xrange <- function(z) { range(z$x) } yrange <- function(z) { range(z$y) } ensurexydouble <- function(P) lapply(P[c("x", "y")], "storage.mode<-", value="double") ensuredouble <- function(A) lapply(A, ensurexydouble) aspolygonlist <- function(A) lapply(A, "names<-", value=c("x", "y")) polysimplify <- function(A, ..., eps, x0, y0, filltype=c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative") ) { # validate parameters and convert to integer codes filltype <- match.arg(filltype) pft <- match(filltype, c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative")) # validate polygon if(!validpoly(A)) { if(validxy(A)) A <- list(A) else stop("Argument A should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } # determine value of 'eps' if missing if(missing(eps) || missing(x0) || missing(y0)) { xr <- range(range(unlist(lapply(A, xrange)))) yr <- range(range(unlist(lapply(A, yrange)))) if(missing(eps)) eps <- max(diff(xr), diff(yr))/1e9 if(missing(x0)) x0 <- mean(xr) if(missing(y0)) y0 <- mean(yr) } # call clipper library on each component path result <- list() A <- ensuredouble(A) storage.mode(pft) <- "integer" storage.mode(x0) <- storage.mode(y0) <- storage.mode(eps) <- "double" result <- .Call("Csimplify", A, pft, x0, y0, eps) return(aspolygonlist(result)) } polyclip <- function(A, B, op=c("intersection", "union", "minus", "xor"), ..., eps, x0, y0, fillA=c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative"), fillB=c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative") ) { # validate parameters and convert to integer codes op <- match.arg(op) fillA <- match.arg(fillA) fillB <- match.arg(fillB) ct <- match(op, c("intersection", "union", "minus", "xor")) pftA <- match(fillA, c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative")) pftB <- match(fillB, c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative")) # validate polygons and rescale if(!validpoly(A)) { if(validxy(A)) A <- list(A) else stop("Argument A should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } if(!validpoly(B)) { if(validxy(B)) B <- list(B) else stop("Argument B should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } # determine value of 'eps' if missing if(missing(eps) || missing(x0) || missing(y0)) { xr <- range(range(unlist(lapply(A, xrange))), range(unlist(lapply(B, xrange)))) yr <- range(range(unlist(lapply(A, yrange))), range(unlist(lapply(B, yrange)))) if(missing(eps)) eps <- max(diff(xr), diff(yr))/1e9 if(missing(x0)) x0 <- mean(xr) if(missing(y0)) y0 <- mean(yr) } # call clipper library A <- ensuredouble(A) B <- ensuredouble(B) storage.mode(ct) <- storage.mode(pftA) <- storage.mode(pftB) <- "integer" storage.mode(x0) <- storage.mode(y0) <- storage.mode(eps) <- "double" ans <- .Call("Cclipbool", A, B, pftA, pftB, ct, x0, y0, eps) return(aspolygonlist(ans)) } polyoffset <- function(A, delta, ..., eps, x0, y0, miterlim=2, arctol=abs(delta)/100, jointype = c("square", "round", "miter") ) { # validate parameters and convert to integer codes jointype <- match.arg(jointype) jt <- match(jointype, c("square", "round", "miter")) # validate polygons and rescale if(!validpoly(A)) { if(validxy(A)) A <- list(A) else stop("Argument A should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } # determine value of 'eps' if missing if(missing(eps) || missing(x0) || missing(y0)) { xr <- range(unlist(lapply(A, xrange))) yr <- range(unlist(lapply(A, yrange))) if(missing(eps)) eps <- max(diff(xr), diff(yr))/1e9 if(missing(x0)) x0 <- mean(xr) if(missing(y0)) y0 <- mean(yr) } # arc tolerance arctol <- max(eps/4, arctol) # call clipper library A <- ensuredouble(A) storage.mode(jt) <- "integer" storage.mode(delta) <- storage.mode(miterlim) <- storage.mode(arctol) <- "double" storage.mode(x0) <- storage.mode(y0) <- storage.mode(eps) <- "double" ans <- .Call("Cpolyoffset", A, delta, jt, miterlim, arctol, x0, y0, eps) return(aspolygonlist(ans)) } polylineoffset <- function(A, delta, ..., eps, x0, y0, miterlim=2, arctol=abs(delta)/100, jointype = c("square", "round", "miter"), endtype = c("closedpolygon", "closedline", "openbutt", "opensquare", "openround", "closed", "butt", "square", "round") ) { ## validate parameters and convert to integer codes jointype <- match.arg(jointype) jt <- match(jointype, c("square", "round", "miter")) endtype <- match.arg(endtype) if(endtype == "closed") endtype <- "closedpolygon" if(endtype %in% c("butt", "square", "round")) endtype <- paste0("open", endtype) et <- match(endtype, c("closedpolygon", "closedline", "openbutt", "opensquare", "openround")) ## validate polygons and rescale if(!validpoly(A)) { if(validxy(A)) A <- list(A) else stop("Argument A should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } ## determine value of 'eps' if missing if(missing(eps) || missing(x0) || missing(y0)) { xr <- range(unlist(lapply(A, xrange))) yr <- range(unlist(lapply(A, yrange))) if(missing(eps)) eps <- max(diff(xr), diff(yr))/1e9 if(missing(x0)) x0 <- mean(xr) if(missing(y0)) y0 <- mean(yr) } # arc tolerance arctol <- max(eps/4, arctol) # call clipper library A <- ensuredouble(A) storage.mode(jt) <- storage.mode(et) <- "integer" storage.mode(delta) <- storage.mode(miterlim) <- storage.mode(arctol) <- "double" storage.mode(x0) <- storage.mode(y0) <- storage.mode(eps) <- "double" ans <- .Call("Clineoffset", A, delta, jt, et, miterlim, arctol, x0, y0, eps) return(aspolygonlist(ans)) } polyminkowski <- function(A, B, ..., eps, x0, y0, closed=TRUE ) { # validate parameters and convert to integer codes closed <- as.logical(closed) # validate polygons/paths if(!validpoly(A)) { if(validxy(A)) A <- list(A) else stop("Argument A should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } if(length(A) > 1) stop("Not implemented when A consists of more than one polygon") if(!validpoly(B)) { if(validxy(B)) B <- list(B) else stop("Argument B should be a list of lists, each containing vectors x,y") } # determine value of 'eps' if missing if(missing(eps) || missing(x0) || missing(y0)) { xr <- range(range(unlist(lapply(A, xrange)))) yr <- range(range(unlist(lapply(A, yrange)))) xr <- range(xr, range(unlist(lapply(B, xrange)))) yr <- range(yr, range(unlist(lapply(B, yrange)))) if(missing(eps)) eps <- max(diff(xr), diff(yr))/1e9 if(missing(x0)) x0 <- xr[1] if(missing(y0)) y0 <- yr[1] - diff(yr)/16 } # call clipper library on each component path A <- ensuredouble(A) B <- ensuredouble(B) storage.mode(x0) <- storage.mode(y0) <- storage.mode(eps) <- "double" storage.mode(closed) <- "logical" result <- .Call("Cminksum", A, B, closed, x0, y0, eps) return(aspolygonlist(result)) } polyclip/MD50000644000176200001440000000155712700043440012417 0ustar liggesusers78f3384ba6536857c802cf20eb7e48e1 *DESCRIPTION b161b754c720c65d2a7a4e792e184710 *NAMESPACE dee054bf03363f13a034c8b7c319d560 *R/First.R 228450f42b6d0eacdb1f7b49001894ed *R/clipper.R 14c7a9772d3b48055cbd8ddd053abbf3 *cleanup 96f587cf30611ed5b85c9e2f93c9ae7c *configure 7bd9d6693be5146893777f39ac2138be *configure.ac d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e *configure.win 215848c9be19696c6ba4bc09eff71cc8 *man/polyclip.Rd 42c32d9ce87e76d6415660bcce8890c0 *man/polylineoffset.Rd c30b54f6e3c04926235a721032749448 *man/polyminkowski.Rd 3077cd8984bb169ece92b0aba2764d53 *man/polyoffset.Rd c2e324c0595e64cf906d0b9a27a7c119 *man/polysimplify.Rd e1b6cdccad75a12c3720ee122844ebb9 *src/Makevars.in 8f8376f2c18541e4e8bbaf8734b11572 *src/Makevars.win 5dc2b7204a00e104dda75af865b5c526 *src/clipper.cpp 15c4c3ec5c4bdbda0b087cfa0e4307d6 *src/clipper.h 86334dd01be0952e528e18f038ce17ad *src/interface.cpp polyclip/DESCRIPTION0000644000176200001440000000264712700043440013616 0ustar liggesusersPackage: polyclip Version: 1.5-6 Date: 2016-04-02 Title: Polygon Clipping Authors@R: c(person("Angus", "Johnson", role = "aut", comment="C++ original, http://www.angusj.com/delphi/clipper.php"), person("Adrian", "Baddeley", role = c("aut", "trl", "cre"), email = "Adrian.Baddeley@curtin.edu.au"), person(c("Brian", "D."), "Ripley", role = "ctb")) Maintainer: Adrian Baddeley Depends: R (>= 3.0.0) Description: R port of Angus Johnson's open source library Clipper. Performs polygon clipping operations (intersection, union, set minus, set difference) for polygonal regions of arbitrary complexity, including holes. Computes offset polygons (spatial buffer zones, morphological dilations, Minkowski dilations) for polygonal regions and polygonal lines. Computes Minkowski Sum of general polygons. There is a function for removing self-intersections from polygon data. License: BSL URL: http://www.angusj.com/delphi/clipper.php, https://sourceforge.net/projects/polyclipping, https://github.com/baddstats/polyclip LazyData: true LazyLoad: true ByteCompile: true Note: built from Clipper C++ version 6.4.0 NeedsCompilation: yes Packaged: 2016-04-02 03:34:42 UTC; adrian Author: Angus Johnson [aut] (C++ original, http://www.angusj.com/delphi/clipper.php), Adrian Baddeley [aut, trl, cre], Brian D. Ripley [ctb] Repository: CRAN Date/Publication: 2016-04-03 00:26:40 polyclip/configure0000755000176200001440000035314612676675012014044 0ustar liggesusers#! /bin/sh # Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles. # Generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 for polyclip 1.5-4. # # # Copyright (C) 1992-1996, 1998-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # # # This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # Use a proper internal environment variable to ensure we don't fall # into an infinite loop, continuously re-executing ourselves. if test x"${_as_can_reexec}" != xno && test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec; # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 as_fn_exit 255 fi # We don't want this to propagate to other subprocesses. { _as_can_reexec=; unset _as_can_reexec;} if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" = x; then as_bourne_compatible="if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi " as_required="as_fn_return () { (exit \$1); } as_fn_success () { as_fn_return 0; } as_fn_failure () { as_fn_return 1; } as_fn_ret_success () { return 0; } as_fn_ret_failure () { return 1; } exitcode=0 as_fn_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_success failed.; } as_fn_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_failure succeeded.; } as_fn_ret_success || { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_success failed.; } as_fn_ret_failure && { exitcode=1; echo as_fn_ret_failure succeeded.; } if ( set x; as_fn_ret_success y && test x = \"\$1\" ); then : else exitcode=1; echo positional parameters were not saved. fi test x\$exitcode = x0 || exit 1 test -x / || exit 1" as_suggested=" as_lineno_1=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_1a=\$LINENO as_lineno_2=";as_suggested=$as_suggested$LINENO;as_suggested=$as_suggested" as_lineno_2a=\$LINENO eval 'test \"x\$as_lineno_1'\$as_run'\" != \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\" && test \"x\`expr \$as_lineno_1'\$as_run' + 1\`\" = \"x\$as_lineno_2'\$as_run'\"' || exit 1 test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2 || exit 1" if (eval "$as_required") 2>/dev/null; then : as_have_required=yes else as_have_required=no fi if test x$as_have_required = xyes && (eval "$as_suggested") 2>/dev/null; then : else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR as_found=false for as_dir in /bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. as_found=: case $as_dir in #( /*) for as_base in sh bash ksh sh5; do # Try only shells that exist, to save several forks. as_shell=$as_dir/$as_base if { test -f "$as_shell" || test -f "$as_shell.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$as_shell as_have_required=yes if { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_suggested" | as_run=a "$as_shell"; } 2>/dev/null; then : break 2 fi fi done;; esac as_found=false done $as_found || { if { test -f "$SHELL" || test -f "$SHELL.exe"; } && { $as_echo "$as_bourne_compatible""$as_required" | as_run=a "$SHELL"; } 2>/dev/null; then : CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL as_have_required=yes fi; } IFS=$as_save_IFS if test "x$CONFIG_SHELL" != x; then : export CONFIG_SHELL # We cannot yet assume a decent shell, so we have to provide a # neutralization value for shells without unset; and this also # works around shells that cannot unset nonexistent variables. # Preserve -v and -x to the replacement shell. BASH_ENV=/dev/null ENV=/dev/null (unset BASH_ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset BASH_ENV ENV case $- in # (((( *v*x* | *x*v* ) as_opts=-vx ;; *v* ) as_opts=-v ;; *x* ) as_opts=-x ;; * ) as_opts= ;; esac exec $CONFIG_SHELL $as_opts "$as_myself" ${1+"$@"} # Admittedly, this is quite paranoid, since all the known shells bail # out after a failed `exec'. $as_echo "$0: could not re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL" >&2 exit 255 fi if test x$as_have_required = xno; then : $as_echo "$0: This script requires a shell more modern than all" $as_echo "$0: the shells that I found on your system." if test x${ZSH_VERSION+set} = xset ; then $as_echo "$0: In particular, zsh $ZSH_VERSION has bugs and should" $as_echo "$0: be upgraded to zsh 4.3.4 or later." else $as_echo "$0: Please tell bug-autoconf@gnu.org about your system, $0: including any error possibly output before this $0: message. Then install a modern shell, or manually run $0: the script under such a shell if you do have one." fi exit 1 fi fi fi SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} export SHELL # Unset more variables known to interfere with behavior of common tools. CLICOLOR_FORCE= GREP_OPTIONS= unset CLICOLOR_FORCE GREP_OPTIONS ## --------------------- ## ## M4sh Shell Functions. ## ## --------------------- ## # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits as_lineno_1=$LINENO as_lineno_1a=$LINENO as_lineno_2=$LINENO as_lineno_2a=$LINENO eval 'test "x$as_lineno_1'$as_run'" != "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'" && test "x`expr $as_lineno_1'$as_run' + 1`" = "x$as_lineno_2'$as_run'"' || { # Blame Lee E. McMahon (1931-1989) for sed's syntax. :-) sed -n ' p /[$]LINENO/= ' <$as_myself | sed ' s/[$]LINENO.*/&-/ t lineno b :lineno N :loop s/[$]LINENO\([^'$as_cr_alnum'_].*\n\)\(.*\)/\2\1\2/ t loop s/-\n.*// ' >$as_me.lineno && chmod +x "$as_me.lineno" || { $as_echo "$as_me: error: cannot create $as_me.lineno; rerun with a POSIX shell" >&2; as_fn_exit 1; } # If we had to re-execute with $CONFIG_SHELL, we're ensured to have # already done that, so ensure we don't try to do so again and fall # in an infinite loop. This has already happened in practice. _as_can_reexec=no; export _as_can_reexec # Don't try to exec as it changes $[0], causing all sort of problems # (the dirname of $[0] is not the place where we might find the # original and so on. Autoconf is especially sensitive to this). . "./$as_me.lineno" # Exit status is that of the last command. exit } ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" test -n "$DJDIR" || exec 7<&0 &1 # Name of the host. # hostname on some systems (SVR3.2, old GNU/Linux) returns a bogus exit status, # so uname gets run too. ac_hostname=`(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` # # Initializations. # ac_default_prefix=/usr/local ac_clean_files= ac_config_libobj_dir=. LIBOBJS= cross_compiling=no subdirs= MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS= # Identity of this package. PACKAGE_NAME='polyclip' PACKAGE_TARNAME='polyclip' PACKAGE_VERSION='1.5-4' PACKAGE_STRING='polyclip 1.5-4' PACKAGE_BUGREPORT='' PACKAGE_URL='' # Factoring default headers for most tests. ac_includes_default="\ #include #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H # include #endif #ifdef STDC_HEADERS # include # include #else # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H # include # endif #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H # include # endif # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H # include #endif #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H # include #endif" ac_subst_vars='LTLIBOBJS LIBOBJS POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR POLYCLIP_CXXFLAGS POLYCLIP_CPPFLAGS EGREP GREP CXXCPP OBJEXT EXEEXT ac_ct_CXX CPPFLAGS LDFLAGS CXXFLAGS CXX target_alias host_alias build_alias LIBS ECHO_T ECHO_N ECHO_C DEFS mandir localedir libdir psdir pdfdir dvidir htmldir infodir docdir oldincludedir includedir localstatedir sharedstatedir sysconfdir datadir datarootdir libexecdir sbindir bindir program_transform_name prefix exec_prefix PACKAGE_URL PACKAGE_BUGREPORT PACKAGE_STRING PACKAGE_VERSION PACKAGE_TARNAME PACKAGE_NAME PATH_SEPARATOR SHELL' ac_subst_files='' ac_user_opts=' enable_option_checking ' ac_precious_vars='build_alias host_alias target_alias CXX CXXFLAGS LDFLAGS LIBS CPPFLAGS CCC CXXCPP' # Initialize some variables set by options. ac_init_help= ac_init_version=false ac_unrecognized_opts= ac_unrecognized_sep= # The variables have the same names as the options, with # dashes changed to underlines. cache_file=/dev/null exec_prefix=NONE no_create= no_recursion= prefix=NONE program_prefix=NONE program_suffix=NONE program_transform_name=s,x,x, silent= site= srcdir= verbose= x_includes=NONE x_libraries=NONE # Installation directory options. # These are left unexpanded so users can "make install exec_prefix=/foo" # and all the variables that are supposed to be based on exec_prefix # by default will actually change. # Use braces instead of parens because sh, perl, etc. also accept them. # (The list follows the same order as the GNU Coding Standards.) bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin' sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin' libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec' datarootdir='${prefix}/share' datadir='${datarootdir}' sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc' sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com' localstatedir='${prefix}/var' includedir='${prefix}/include' oldincludedir='/usr/include' docdir='${datarootdir}/doc/${PACKAGE_TARNAME}' infodir='${datarootdir}/info' htmldir='${docdir}' dvidir='${docdir}' pdfdir='${docdir}' psdir='${docdir}' libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib' localedir='${datarootdir}/locale' mandir='${datarootdir}/man' ac_prev= ac_dashdash= for ac_option do # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. if test -n "$ac_prev"; then eval $ac_prev=\$ac_option ac_prev= continue fi case $ac_option in *=?*) ac_optarg=`expr "X$ac_option" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ;; *=) ac_optarg= ;; *) ac_optarg=yes ;; esac # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos. case $ac_dashdash$ac_option in --) ac_dashdash=yes ;; -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi) ac_prev=bindir ;; -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*) bindir=$ac_optarg ;; -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu) ac_prev=build_alias ;; -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*) build_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \ | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c) ac_prev=cache_file ;; -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \ | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*) cache_file=$ac_optarg ;; --config-cache | -C) cache_file=config.cache ;; -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad) ac_prev=datadir ;; -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=*) datadir=$ac_optarg ;; -datarootdir | --datarootdir | --datarootdi | --datarootd | --dataroot \ | --dataroo | --dataro | --datar) ac_prev=datarootdir ;; -datarootdir=* | --datarootdir=* | --datarootdi=* | --datarootd=* \ | --dataroot=* | --dataroo=* | --dataro=* | --datar=*) datarootdir=$ac_optarg ;; -disable-* | --disable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*disable-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--disable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=no ;; -docdir | --docdir | --docdi | --doc | --do) ac_prev=docdir ;; -docdir=* | --docdir=* | --docdi=* | --doc=* | --do=*) docdir=$ac_optarg ;; -dvidir | --dvidir | --dvidi | --dvid | --dvi | --dv) ac_prev=dvidir ;; -dvidir=* | --dvidir=* | --dvidi=* | --dvid=* | --dvi=* | --dv=*) dvidir=$ac_optarg ;; -enable-* | --enable-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*enable-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid feature name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "enable_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--enable-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval enable_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \ | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \ | --exec | --exe | --ex) ac_prev=exec_prefix ;; -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \ | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \ | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*) exec_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -gas | --gas | --ga | --g) # Obsolete; use --with-gas. with_gas=yes ;; -help | --help | --hel | --he | -h) ac_init_help=long ;; -help=r* | --help=r* | --hel=r* | --he=r* | -hr*) ac_init_help=recursive ;; -help=s* | --help=s* | --hel=s* | --he=s* | -hs*) ac_init_help=short ;; -host | --host | --hos | --ho) ac_prev=host_alias ;; -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*) host_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -htmldir | --htmldir | --htmldi | --htmld | --html | --htm | --ht) ac_prev=htmldir ;; -htmldir=* | --htmldir=* | --htmldi=* | --htmld=* | --html=* | --htm=* \ | --ht=*) htmldir=$ac_optarg ;; -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \ | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc) ac_prev=includedir ;; -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \ | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*) includedir=$ac_optarg ;; -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf) ac_prev=infodir ;; -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*) infodir=$ac_optarg ;; -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd) ac_prev=libdir ;; -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*) libdir=$ac_optarg ;; -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \ | --libexe | --libex | --libe) ac_prev=libexecdir ;; -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \ | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*) libexecdir=$ac_optarg ;; -localedir | --localedir | --localedi | --localed | --locale) ac_prev=localedir ;; -localedir=* | --localedir=* | --localedi=* | --localed=* | --locale=*) localedir=$ac_optarg ;; -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \ | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst | --locals) ac_prev=localstatedir ;; -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \ | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* | --locals=*) localstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m) ac_prev=mandir ;; -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*) mandir=$ac_optarg ;; -nfp | --nfp | --nf) # Obsolete; use --without-fp. with_fp=no ;; -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \ | --no-cr | --no-c | -n) no_create=yes ;; -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \ | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) no_recursion=yes ;; -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \ | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \ | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o) ac_prev=oldincludedir ;; -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \ | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \ | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*) oldincludedir=$ac_optarg ;; -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p) ac_prev=prefix ;; -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*) prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \ | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p) ac_prev=program_prefix ;; -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \ | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*) program_prefix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \ | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s) ac_prev=program_suffix ;; -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \ | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*) program_suffix=$ac_optarg ;; -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \ | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \ | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \ | --program-transform | --program-transfor \ | --program-transfo | --program-transf \ | --program-trans | --program-tran \ | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t) ac_prev=program_transform_name ;; -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \ | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \ | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \ | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \ | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \ | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \ | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*) program_transform_name=$ac_optarg ;; -pdfdir | --pdfdir | --pdfdi | --pdfd | --pdf | --pd) ac_prev=pdfdir ;; -pdfdir=* | --pdfdir=* | --pdfdi=* | --pdfd=* | --pdf=* | --pd=*) pdfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -psdir | --psdir | --psdi | --psd | --ps) ac_prev=psdir ;; -psdir=* | --psdir=* | --psdi=* | --psd=* | --ps=*) psdir=$ac_optarg ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) silent=yes ;; -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb) ac_prev=sbindir ;; -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \ | --sbi=* | --sb=*) sbindir=$ac_optarg ;; -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \ | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \ | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \ | --sha | --sh) ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;; -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \ | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \ | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \ | --sha=* | --sh=*) sharedstatedir=$ac_optarg ;; -site | --site | --sit) ac_prev=site ;; -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*) site=$ac_optarg ;; -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr) ac_prev=srcdir ;; -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*) srcdir=$ac_optarg ;; -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \ | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy) ac_prev=sysconfdir ;; -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \ | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*) sysconfdir=$ac_optarg ;; -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t) ac_prev=target_alias ;; -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*) target_alias=$ac_optarg ;; -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb) verbose=yes ;; -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | -V) ac_init_version=: ;; -with-* | --with-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*with-\([^=]*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--with-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=\$ac_optarg ;; -without-* | --without-*) ac_useropt=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x-*without-\(.*\)'` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. expr "x$ac_useropt" : ".*[^-+._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && as_fn_error $? "invalid package name: $ac_useropt" ac_useropt_orig=$ac_useropt ac_useropt=`$as_echo "$ac_useropt" | sed 's/[-+.]/_/g'` case $ac_user_opts in *" "with_$ac_useropt" "*) ;; *) ac_unrecognized_opts="$ac_unrecognized_opts$ac_unrecognized_sep--without-$ac_useropt_orig" ac_unrecognized_sep=', ';; esac eval with_$ac_useropt=no ;; --x) # Obsolete; use --with-x. with_x=yes ;; -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \ | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i) ac_prev=x_includes ;; -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \ | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*) x_includes=$ac_optarg ;; -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \ | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l) ac_prev=x_libraries ;; -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \ | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*) x_libraries=$ac_optarg ;; -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$ac_option' Try \`$0 --help' for more information" ;; *=*) ac_envvar=`expr "x$ac_option" : 'x\([^=]*\)='` # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names. case $ac_envvar in #( '' | [0-9]* | *[!_$as_cr_alnum]* ) as_fn_error $? "invalid variable name: \`$ac_envvar'" ;; esac eval $ac_envvar=\$ac_optarg export $ac_envvar ;; *) # FIXME: should be removed in autoconf 3.0. $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: you should use --build, --host, --target" >&2 expr "x$ac_option" : ".*[^-._$as_cr_alnum]" >/dev/null && $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: invalid host type: $ac_option" >&2 : "${build_alias=$ac_option} ${host_alias=$ac_option} ${target_alias=$ac_option}" ;; esac done if test -n "$ac_prev"; then ac_option=--`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'` as_fn_error $? "missing argument to $ac_option" fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts"; then case $enable_option_checking in no) ;; fatal) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" ;; *) $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2 ;; esac fi # Check all directory arguments for consistency. for ac_var in exec_prefix prefix bindir sbindir libexecdir datarootdir \ datadir sysconfdir sharedstatedir localstatedir includedir \ oldincludedir docdir infodir htmldir dvidir pdfdir psdir \ libdir localedir mandir do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var # Remove trailing slashes. case $ac_val in */ ) ac_val=`expr "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$ac_val" : 'X\(.*\)'` eval $ac_var=\$ac_val;; esac # Be sure to have absolute directory names. case $ac_val in [\\/$]* | ?:[\\/]* ) continue;; NONE | '' ) case $ac_var in *prefix ) continue;; esac;; esac as_fn_error $? "expected an absolute directory name for --$ac_var: $ac_val" done # There might be people who depend on the old broken behavior: `$host' # used to hold the argument of --host etc. # FIXME: To remove some day. build=$build_alias host=$host_alias target=$target_alias # FIXME: To remove some day. if test "x$host_alias" != x; then if test "x$build_alias" = x; then cross_compiling=maybe elif test "x$build_alias" != "x$host_alias"; then cross_compiling=yes fi fi ac_tool_prefix= test -n "$host_alias" && ac_tool_prefix=$host_alias- test "$silent" = yes && exec 6>/dev/null ac_pwd=`pwd` && test -n "$ac_pwd" && ac_ls_di=`ls -di .` && ac_pwd_ls_di=`cd "$ac_pwd" && ls -di .` || as_fn_error $? "working directory cannot be determined" test "X$ac_ls_di" = "X$ac_pwd_ls_di" || as_fn_error $? "pwd does not report name of working directory" # Find the source files, if location was not specified. if test -z "$srcdir"; then ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes # Try the directory containing this script, then the parent directory. ac_confdir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_myself" || $as_expr X"$as_myself" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_myself" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_myself" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` srcdir=$ac_confdir if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then srcdir=.. fi else ac_srcdir_defaulted=no fi if test ! -r "$srcdir/$ac_unique_file"; then test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes && srcdir="$ac_confdir or .." as_fn_error $? "cannot find sources ($ac_unique_file) in $srcdir" fi ac_msg="sources are in $srcdir, but \`cd $srcdir' does not work" ac_abs_confdir=`( cd "$srcdir" && test -r "./$ac_unique_file" || as_fn_error $? "$ac_msg" pwd)` # When building in place, set srcdir=. if test "$ac_abs_confdir" = "$ac_pwd"; then srcdir=. fi # Remove unnecessary trailing slashes from srcdir. # Double slashes in file names in object file debugging info # mess up M-x gdb in Emacs. case $srcdir in */) srcdir=`expr "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)' \| "X$srcdir" : 'X\(.*\)'`;; esac for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set=\${${ac_var}+set} eval ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value=\$${ac_var} done # # Report the --help message. # if test "$ac_init_help" = "long"; then # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing. # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh. cat <<_ACEOF \`configure' configures polyclip 1.5-4 to adapt to many kinds of systems. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [VAR=VALUE]... To assign environment variables (e.g., CC, CFLAGS...), specify them as VAR=VALUE. See below for descriptions of some of the useful variables. Defaults for the options are specified in brackets. Configuration: -h, --help display this help and exit --help=short display options specific to this package --help=recursive display the short help of all the included packages -V, --version display version information and exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print \`checking ...' messages --cache-file=FILE cache test results in FILE [disabled] -C, --config-cache alias for \`--cache-file=config.cache' -n, --no-create do not create output files --srcdir=DIR find the sources in DIR [configure dir or \`..'] Installation directories: --prefix=PREFIX install architecture-independent files in PREFIX [$ac_default_prefix] --exec-prefix=EPREFIX install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX [PREFIX] By default, \`make install' will install all the files in \`$ac_default_prefix/bin', \`$ac_default_prefix/lib' etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than \`$ac_default_prefix' using \`--prefix', for instance \`--prefix=\$HOME'. For better control, use the options below. Fine tuning of the installation directories: --bindir=DIR user executables [EPREFIX/bin] --sbindir=DIR system admin executables [EPREFIX/sbin] --libexecdir=DIR program executables [EPREFIX/libexec] --sysconfdir=DIR read-only single-machine data [PREFIX/etc] --sharedstatedir=DIR modifiable architecture-independent data [PREFIX/com] --localstatedir=DIR modifiable single-machine data [PREFIX/var] --libdir=DIR object code libraries [EPREFIX/lib] --includedir=DIR C header files [PREFIX/include] --oldincludedir=DIR C header files for non-gcc [/usr/include] --datarootdir=DIR read-only arch.-independent data root [PREFIX/share] --datadir=DIR read-only architecture-independent data [DATAROOTDIR] --infodir=DIR info documentation [DATAROOTDIR/info] --localedir=DIR locale-dependent data [DATAROOTDIR/locale] --mandir=DIR man documentation [DATAROOTDIR/man] --docdir=DIR documentation root [DATAROOTDIR/doc/polyclip] --htmldir=DIR html documentation [DOCDIR] --dvidir=DIR dvi documentation [DOCDIR] --pdfdir=DIR pdf documentation [DOCDIR] --psdir=DIR ps documentation [DOCDIR] _ACEOF cat <<\_ACEOF _ACEOF fi if test -n "$ac_init_help"; then case $ac_init_help in short | recursive ) echo "Configuration of polyclip 1.5-4:";; esac cat <<\_ACEOF Some influential environment variables: CXX C++ compiler command CXXFLAGS C++ compiler flags LDFLAGS linker flags, e.g. -L if you have libraries in a nonstandard directory LIBS libraries to pass to the linker, e.g. -l CPPFLAGS (Objective) C/C++ preprocessor flags, e.g. -I if you have headers in a nonstandard directory CXXCPP C++ preprocessor Use these variables to override the choices made by `configure' or to help it to find libraries and programs with nonstandard names/locations. Report bugs to the package provider. _ACEOF ac_status=$? fi if test "$ac_init_help" = "recursive"; then # If there are subdirs, report their specific --help. for ac_dir in : $ac_subdirs_all; do test "x$ac_dir" = x: && continue test -d "$ac_dir" || { cd "$srcdir" && ac_pwd=`pwd` && srcdir=. && test -d "$ac_dir"; } || continue ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix cd "$ac_dir" || { ac_status=$?; continue; } # Check for guested configure. if test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure.gnu" --help=recursive elif test -f "$ac_srcdir/configure"; then echo && $SHELL "$ac_srcdir/configure" --help=recursive else $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: no configuration information is in $ac_dir" >&2 fi || ac_status=$? cd "$ac_pwd" || { ac_status=$?; break; } done fi test -n "$ac_init_help" && exit $ac_status if $ac_init_version; then cat <<\_ACEOF polyclip configure 1.5-4 generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69 Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it. _ACEOF exit fi ## ------------------------ ## ## Autoconf initialization. ## ## ------------------------ ## # ac_fn_cxx_try_compile LINENO # ---------------------------- # Try to compile conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_cxx_try_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack rm -f conftest.$ac_objext if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { test -z "$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err } && test -s conftest.$ac_objext; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_cxx_try_compile # ac_fn_cxx_check_type LINENO TYPE VAR INCLUDES # --------------------------------------------- # Tests whether TYPE exists after having included INCLUDES, setting cache # variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_cxx_check_type () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else eval "$3=no" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof ($2)) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 int main () { if (sizeof (($2))) return 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else eval "$3=yes" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_cxx_check_type # ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp LINENO # ------------------------ # Try to preprocess conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then grep -v '^ *+' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 mv -f conftest.er1 conftest.err fi $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } > conftest.i && { test -z "$ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag$ac_cxx_werror_flag" || test ! -s conftest.err }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=1 fi eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp # ac_fn_cxx_try_run LINENO # ------------------------ # Try to link conftest.$ac_ext, and return whether this succeeded. Assumes # that executables *can* be run. ac_fn_cxx_try_run () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } && { ac_try='./conftest$ac_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then : ac_retval=0 else $as_echo "$as_me: program exited with status $ac_status" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 ac_retval=$ac_status fi rm -rf conftest.dSYM conftest_ipa8_conftest.oo eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno as_fn_set_status $ac_retval } # ac_fn_cxx_try_run # ac_fn_cxx_check_header_compile LINENO HEADER VAR INCLUDES # --------------------------------------------------------- # Tests whether HEADER exists and can be compiled using the include files in # INCLUDES, setting the cache variable VAR accordingly. ac_fn_cxx_check_header_compile () { as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$1"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $2" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $2... " >&6; } if eval \${$3+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ $4 #include <$2> _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : eval "$3=yes" else eval "$3=no" fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi eval ac_res=\$$3 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_res" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_res" >&6; } eval $as_lineno_stack; ${as_lineno_stack:+:} unset as_lineno } # ac_fn_cxx_check_header_compile cat >config.log <<_ACEOF This file contains any messages produced by compilers while running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake. It was created by polyclip $as_me 1.5-4, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was $ $0 $@ _ACEOF exec 5>>config.log { cat <<_ASUNAME ## --------- ## ## Platform. ## ## --------- ## hostname = `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/hostinfo = `(/usr/bin/hostinfo) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/machine = `(/bin/machine) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` /bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` _ASUNAME as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. $as_echo "PATH: $as_dir" done IFS=$as_save_IFS } >&5 cat >&5 <<_ACEOF ## ----------- ## ## Core tests. ## ## ----------- ## _ACEOF # Keep a trace of the command line. # Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up. # Strip out --silent because we don't want to record it for future runs. # Also quote any args containing shell meta-characters. # Make two passes to allow for proper duplicate-argument suppression. ac_configure_args= ac_configure_args0= ac_configure_args1= ac_must_keep_next=false for ac_pass in 1 2 do for ac_arg do case $ac_arg in -no-create | --no-c* | -n | -no-recursion | --no-r*) continue ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil) continue ;; *\'*) ac_arg=`$as_echo "$ac_arg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; esac case $ac_pass in 1) as_fn_append ac_configure_args0 " '$ac_arg'" ;; 2) as_fn_append ac_configure_args1 " '$ac_arg'" if test $ac_must_keep_next = true; then ac_must_keep_next=false # Got value, back to normal. else case $ac_arg in *=* | --config-cache | -C | -disable-* | --disable-* \ | -enable-* | --enable-* | -gas | --g* | -nfp | --nf* \ | -q | -quiet | --q* | -silent | --sil* | -v | -verb* \ | -with-* | --with-* | -without-* | --without-* | --x) case "$ac_configure_args0 " in "$ac_configure_args1"*" '$ac_arg' "* ) continue ;; esac ;; -* ) ac_must_keep_next=true ;; esac fi as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac done done { ac_configure_args0=; unset ac_configure_args0;} { ac_configure_args1=; unset ac_configure_args1;} # When interrupted or exit'd, cleanup temporary files, and complete # config.log. We remove comments because anyway the quotes in there # would cause problems or look ugly. # WARNING: Use '\'' to represent an apostrophe within the trap. # WARNING: Do not start the trap code with a newline, due to a FreeBSD 4.0 bug. trap 'exit_status=$? # Save into config.log some information that might help in debugging. { echo $as_echo "## ---------------- ## ## Cache variables. ## ## ---------------- ##" echo # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n '\''s/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'\''`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space='\'' '\''; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) sed -n \ "s/'\''/'\''\\\\'\'''\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\''\\2'\''/p" ;; #( *) sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) echo $as_echo "## ----------------- ## ## Output variables. ## ## ----------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_vars do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo if test -n "$ac_subst_files"; then $as_echo "## ------------------- ## ## File substitutions. ## ## ------------------- ##" echo for ac_var in $ac_subst_files do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in *\'\''*) ac_val=`$as_echo "$ac_val" | sed "s/'\''/'\''\\\\\\\\'\'''\''/g"`;; esac $as_echo "$ac_var='\''$ac_val'\''" done | sort echo fi if test -s confdefs.h; then $as_echo "## ----------- ## ## confdefs.h. ## ## ----------- ##" echo cat confdefs.h echo fi test "$ac_signal" != 0 && $as_echo "$as_me: caught signal $ac_signal" $as_echo "$as_me: exit $exit_status" } >&5 rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* && rm -f -r conftest* confdefs* conf$$* $ac_clean_files && exit $exit_status ' 0 for ac_signal in 1 2 13 15; do trap 'ac_signal='$ac_signal'; as_fn_exit 1' $ac_signal done ac_signal=0 # confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed. rm -f -r conftest* confdefs.h $as_echo "/* confdefs.h */" > confdefs.h # Predefined preprocessor variables. cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_NAME "$PACKAGE_NAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "$PACKAGE_TARNAME" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_VERSION "$PACKAGE_VERSION" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_STRING "$PACKAGE_STRING" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "$PACKAGE_BUGREPORT" _ACEOF cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define PACKAGE_URL "$PACKAGE_URL" _ACEOF # Let the site file select an alternate cache file if it wants to. # Prefer an explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones. ac_site_file1=NONE ac_site_file2=NONE if test -n "$CONFIG_SITE"; then # We do not want a PATH search for config.site. case $CONFIG_SITE in #(( -*) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; */*) ac_site_file1=$CONFIG_SITE;; *) ac_site_file1=./$CONFIG_SITE;; esac elif test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then ac_site_file1=$prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$prefix/etc/config.site else ac_site_file1=$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site ac_site_file2=$ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site fi for ac_site_file in "$ac_site_file1" "$ac_site_file2" do test "x$ac_site_file" = xNONE && continue if test /dev/null != "$ac_site_file" && test -r "$ac_site_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading site script $ac_site_file" >&6;} sed 's/^/| /' "$ac_site_file" >&5 . "$ac_site_file" \ || { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "failed to load site script $ac_site_file See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi done if test -r "$cache_file"; then # Some versions of bash will fail to source /dev/null (special files # actually), so we avoid doing that. DJGPP emulates it as a regular file. if test /dev/null != "$cache_file" && test -f "$cache_file"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: loading cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: loading cache $cache_file" >&6;} case $cache_file in [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) . "$cache_file";; *) . "./$cache_file";; esac fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating cache $cache_file" >&6;} >$cache_file fi # Check that the precious variables saved in the cache have kept the same # value. ac_cache_corrupted=false for ac_var in $ac_precious_vars; do eval ac_old_set=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_new_set=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_set eval ac_old_val=\$ac_cv_env_${ac_var}_value eval ac_new_val=\$ac_env_${ac_var}_value case $ac_old_set,$ac_new_set in set,) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was set to \`$ac_old_val' in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,set) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' was not set in the previous run" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: ;; ,);; *) if test "x$ac_old_val" != "x$ac_new_val"; then # differences in whitespace do not lead to failure. ac_old_val_w=`echo x $ac_old_val` ac_new_val_w=`echo x $ac_new_val` if test "$ac_old_val_w" != "$ac_new_val_w"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: \`$ac_var' has changed since the previous run:" >&2;} ac_cache_corrupted=: else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: warning: ignoring whitespace changes in \`$ac_var' since the previous run:" >&2;} eval $ac_var=\$ac_old_val fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: former value: \`$ac_old_val'" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: current value: \`$ac_new_val'" >&2;} fi;; esac # Pass precious variables to config.status. if test "$ac_new_set" = set; then case $ac_new_val in *\'*) ac_arg=$ac_var=`$as_echo "$ac_new_val" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; *) ac_arg=$ac_var=$ac_new_val ;; esac case " $ac_configure_args " in *" '$ac_arg' "*) ;; # Avoid dups. Use of quotes ensures accuracy. *) as_fn_append ac_configure_args " '$ac_arg'" ;; esac fi done if $ac_cache_corrupted; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: changes in the environment can compromise the build" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "run \`make distclean' and/or \`rm $cache_file' and start over" "$LINENO" 5 fi ## -------------------- ## ## Main body of script. ## ## -------------------- ## ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu if test -z "$CXX"; then if test -n "$CCC"; then CXX=$CCC else if test -n "$ac_tool_prefix"; then for ac_prog in g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl.exe FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC do # Extract the first word of "$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$CXX"; then ac_cv_prog_CXX="$CXX" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_CXX="$ac_tool_prefix$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi CXX=$ac_cv_prog_CXX if test -n "$CXX"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$CXX" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$CXX" && break done fi if test -z "$CXX"; then ac_ct_CXX=$CXX for ac_prog in g++ c++ gpp aCC CC cxx cc++ cl.exe FCC KCC RCC xlC_r xlC do # Extract the first word of "$ac_prog", so it can be a program name with args. set dummy $ac_prog; ac_word=$2 { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for $ac_word" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for $ac_word... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_ct_CXX" # Let the user override the test. else as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do if as_fn_executable_p "$as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX="$ac_prog" $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: found $as_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext" >&5 break 2 fi done done IFS=$as_save_IFS fi fi ac_ct_CXX=$ac_cv_prog_ac_ct_CXX if test -n "$ac_ct_CXX"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_ct_CXX" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_ct_CXX" >&6; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } fi test -n "$ac_ct_CXX" && break done if test "x$ac_ct_CXX" = x; then CXX="g++" else case $cross_compiling:$ac_tool_warned in yes:) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: using cross tools not prefixed with host triplet" >&2;} ac_tool_warned=yes ;; esac CXX=$ac_ct_CXX fi fi fi fi # Provide some information about the compiler. $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C++ compiler version" >&5 set X $ac_compile ac_compiler=$2 for ac_option in --version -v -V -qversion; do { { ac_try="$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compiler $ac_option >&5") 2>conftest.err ac_status=$? if test -s conftest.err; then sed '10a\ ... rest of stderr output deleted ... 10q' conftest.err >conftest.er1 cat conftest.er1 >&5 fi rm -f conftest.er1 conftest.err $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } done cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe b.out" # Try to create an executable without -o first, disregard a.out. # It will help us diagnose broken compilers, and finding out an intuition # of exeext. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether the C++ compiler works" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether the C++ compiler works... " >&6; } ac_link_default=`$as_echo "$ac_link" | sed 's/ -o *conftest[^ ]*//'` # The possible output files: ac_files="a.out conftest.exe conftest a.exe a_out.exe b.out conftest.*" ac_rmfiles= for ac_file in $ac_files do case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; * ) ac_rmfiles="$ac_rmfiles $ac_file";; esac done rm -f $ac_rmfiles if { { ac_try="$ac_link_default" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link_default") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # Autoconf-2.13 could set the ac_cv_exeext variable to `no'. # So ignore a value of `no', otherwise this would lead to `EXEEXT = no' # in a Makefile. We should not override ac_cv_exeext if it was cached, # so that the user can short-circuit this test for compilers unknown to # Autoconf. for ac_file in $ac_files '' do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; [ab].out ) # We found the default executable, but exeext='' is most # certainly right. break;; *.* ) if test "${ac_cv_exeext+set}" = set && test "$ac_cv_exeext" != no; then :; else ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` fi # We set ac_cv_exeext here because the later test for it is not # safe: cross compilers may not add the suffix if given an `-o' # argument, so we may need to know it at that point already. # Even if this section looks crufty: it has the advantage of # actually working. break;; * ) break;; esac done test "$ac_cv_exeext" = no && ac_cv_exeext= else ac_file='' fi if test -z "$ac_file"; then : { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: no" >&5 $as_echo "no" >&6; } $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error 77 "C++ compiler cannot create executables See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: yes" >&5 $as_echo "yes" >&6; } fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for C++ compiler default output file name" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for C++ compiler default output file name... " >&6; } { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_file" >&6; } ac_exeext=$ac_cv_exeext rm -f -r a.out a.out.dSYM a.exe conftest$ac_cv_exeext b.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of executables" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of executables... " >&6; } if { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : # If both `conftest.exe' and `conftest' are `present' (well, observable) # catch `conftest.exe'. For instance with Cygwin, `ls conftest' will # work properly (i.e., refer to `conftest.exe'), while it won't with # `rm'. for ac_file in conftest.exe conftest conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM | *.o | *.obj ) ;; *.* ) ac_cv_exeext=`expr "$ac_file" : '[^.]*\(\..*\)'` break;; * ) break;; esac done else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of executables: cannot compile and link See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest conftest$ac_cv_exeext { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_exeext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_exeext" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext EXEEXT=$ac_cv_exeext ac_exeext=$EXEEXT cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include int main () { FILE *f = fopen ("conftest.out", "w"); return ferror (f) || fclose (f) != 0; ; return 0; } _ACEOF ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files conftest.out" # Check that the compiler produces executables we can run. If not, either # the compiler is broken, or we cross compile. { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are cross compiling" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are cross compiling... " >&6; } if test "$cross_compiling" != yes; then { { ac_try="$ac_link" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_link") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; } if { ac_try='./conftest$ac_cv_exeext' { { case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_try") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; }; then cross_compiling=no else if test "$cross_compiling" = maybe; then cross_compiling=yes else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot run C++ compiled programs. If you meant to cross compile, use \`--host'. See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $cross_compiling" >&5 $as_echo "$cross_compiling" >&6; } rm -f conftest.$ac_ext conftest$ac_cv_exeext conftest.out ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for suffix of object files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for suffix of object files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_objext+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF rm -f conftest.o conftest.obj if { { ac_try="$ac_compile" case "(($ac_try" in *\"* | *\`* | *\\*) ac_try_echo=\$ac_try;; *) ac_try_echo=$ac_try;; esac eval ac_try_echo="\"\$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: $ac_try_echo\"" $as_echo "$ac_try_echo"; } >&5 (eval "$ac_compile") 2>&5 ac_status=$? $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: \$? = $ac_status" >&5 test $ac_status = 0; }; then : for ac_file in conftest.o conftest.obj conftest.*; do test -f "$ac_file" || continue; case $ac_file in *.$ac_ext | *.xcoff | *.tds | *.d | *.pdb | *.xSYM | *.bb | *.bbg | *.map | *.inf | *.dSYM ) ;; *) ac_cv_objext=`expr "$ac_file" : '.*\.\(.*\)'` break;; esac done else $as_echo "$as_me: failed program was:" >&5 sed 's/^/| /' conftest.$ac_ext >&5 { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "cannot compute suffix of object files: cannot compile See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi rm -f conftest.$ac_cv_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_objext" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_objext" >&6; } OBJEXT=$ac_cv_objext ac_objext=$OBJEXT { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether we are using the GNU C++ compiler... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { #ifndef __GNUC__ choke me #endif ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_compiler_gnu=yes else ac_compiler_gnu=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu=$ac_compiler_gnu fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu" >&6; } if test $ac_compiler_gnu = yes; then GXX=yes else GXX= fi ac_test_CXXFLAGS=${CXXFLAGS+set} ac_save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking whether $CXX accepts -g" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking whether $CXX accepts -g... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_prog_cxx_g+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else ac_save_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_cxx_werror_flag ac_cxx_werror_flag=yes ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=no CXXFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes else CXXFLAGS="" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag CXXFLAGS="-g" cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_prog_cxx_g=yes fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext ac_cxx_werror_flag=$ac_save_cxx_werror_flag fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_prog_cxx_g" >&6; } if test "$ac_test_CXXFLAGS" = set; then CXXFLAGS=$ac_save_CXXFLAGS elif test $ac_cv_prog_cxx_g = yes; then if test "$GXX" = yes; then CXXFLAGS="-g -O2" else CXXFLAGS="-g" fi else if test "$GXX" = yes; then CXXFLAGS="-O2" else CXXFLAGS= fi fi ac_ext=c ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CC -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CC -o conftest$ac_exeext $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_c_compiler_gnu ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu CXX1X=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX1X` if test "${CXX1X}" != ""; then echo "compiling under C++11" CXX1XSTD=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX1XSTD` CXX="${CXX1X} ${CXX1XSTD}" POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR="CXX_STD = CXX11" CXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX1XFLAGS` else echo "C++11 is not supported; compiling under vanilla C++" CXX=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXX` POLYCLIP_CXX_DECLAR="" CXXFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CXXFLAGS` fi CPPFLAGS=`"${R_HOME}/bin/R" CMD config CPPFLAGS` long64="" name64="signed 64-bit integers (cInt)" if test "${CXX1X}" != ""; then long64="signed long long" POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "int64_t" "ac_cv_type_int64_t" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_type_int64_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_INT64_T 1 _ACEOF long64="int64_t" fi if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "int_fast64_t" "ac_cv_type_int_fast64_t" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_type_int_fast64_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_INT_FAST64_T 1 _ACEOF long64="int_fast64_t" fi if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "int_least64_t" "ac_cv_type_int_least64_t" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_type_int_least64_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_INT_LEAST64_T 1 _ACEOF long64="int_least64_t" fi if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking how to run the C++ preprocessor" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking how to run the C++ preprocessor... " >&6; } if test -z "$CXXCPP"; then if ${ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else # Double quotes because CXXCPP needs to be expanded for CXXCPP in "$CXX -E" "/lib/cpp" do ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : break fi done ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP fi CXXCPP=$ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP else ac_cv_prog_CXXCPP=$CXXCPP fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $CXXCPP" >&5 $as_echo "$CXXCPP" >&6; } ac_preproc_ok=false for ac_cxx_preproc_warn_flag in '' yes do # Use a header file that comes with gcc, so configuring glibc # with a fresh cross-compiler works. # Prefer to if __STDC__ is defined, since # exists even on freestanding compilers. # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser, # not just through cpp. "Syntax error" is here to catch this case. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #ifdef __STDC__ # include #else # include #endif Syntax error _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : else # Broken: fails on valid input. continue fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext # OK, works on sane cases. Now check whether nonexistent headers # can be detected and how. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_cpp "$LINENO"; then : # Broken: success on invalid input. continue else # Passes both tests. ac_preproc_ok=: break fi rm -f conftest.err conftest.i conftest.$ac_ext done # Because of `break', _AC_PREPROC_IFELSE's cleaning code was skipped. rm -f conftest.i conftest.err conftest.$ac_ext if $ac_preproc_ok; then : else { { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: error: in \`$ac_pwd':" >&2;} as_fn_error $? "C++ preprocessor \"$CXXCPP\" fails sanity check See \`config.log' for more details" "$LINENO" 5; } fi ac_ext=cpp ac_cpp='$CXXCPP $CPPFLAGS' ac_compile='$CXX -c $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext >&5' ac_link='$CXX -o conftest$ac_exeext $CXXFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS >&5' ac_compiler_gnu=$ac_cv_cxx_compiler_gnu { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for grep that handles long lines and -e" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_GREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if test -z "$GREP"; then ac_path_GREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in grep ggrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_GREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_GREP" || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_GREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_GREP case `"$ac_path_GREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'GREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_GREP" -e 'GREP$' -e '-(cannot match)-' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_GREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_GREP="$ac_path_GREP" ac_path_GREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_GREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_GREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable grep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_GREP=$GREP fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_GREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_GREP" >&6; } GREP="$ac_cv_path_GREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for egrep" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for egrep... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_path_EGREP+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else if echo a | $GREP -E '(a|b)' >/dev/null 2>&1 then ac_cv_path_EGREP="$GREP -E" else if test -z "$EGREP"; then ac_path_EGREP_found=false # Loop through the user's path and test for each of PROGNAME-LIST as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. for ac_prog in egrep; do for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do ac_path_EGREP="$as_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exec_ext" as_fn_executable_p "$ac_path_EGREP" || continue # Check for GNU ac_path_EGREP and select it if it is found. # Check for GNU $ac_path_EGREP case `"$ac_path_EGREP" --version 2>&1` in *GNU*) ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_found=:;; *) ac_count=0 $as_echo_n 0123456789 >"conftest.in" while : do cat "conftest.in" "conftest.in" >"conftest.tmp" mv "conftest.tmp" "conftest.in" cp "conftest.in" "conftest.nl" $as_echo 'EGREP' >> "conftest.nl" "$ac_path_EGREP" 'EGREP$' < "conftest.nl" >"conftest.out" 2>/dev/null || break diff "conftest.out" "conftest.nl" >/dev/null 2>&1 || break as_fn_arith $ac_count + 1 && ac_count=$as_val if test $ac_count -gt ${ac_path_EGREP_max-0}; then # Best one so far, save it but keep looking for a better one ac_cv_path_EGREP="$ac_path_EGREP" ac_path_EGREP_max=$ac_count fi # 10*(2^10) chars as input seems more than enough test $ac_count -gt 10 && break done rm -f conftest.in conftest.tmp conftest.nl conftest.out;; esac $ac_path_EGREP_found && break 3 done done done IFS=$as_save_IFS if test -z "$ac_cv_path_EGREP"; then as_fn_error $? "no acceptable egrep could be found in $PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/xpg4/bin" "$LINENO" 5 fi else ac_cv_path_EGREP=$EGREP fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_path_EGREP" >&6; } EGREP="$ac_cv_path_EGREP" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5 $as_echo_n "checking for ANSI C header files... " >&6; } if ${ac_cv_header_stdc+:} false; then : $as_echo_n "(cached) " >&6 else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #include #include int main () { ; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_compile "$LINENO"; then : ac_cv_header_stdc=yes else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core conftest.err conftest.$ac_objext conftest.$ac_ext if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI. cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include _ACEOF if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | $EGREP "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f conftest* fi if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi. if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then : : else cat confdefs.h - <<_ACEOF >conftest.$ac_ext /* end confdefs.h. */ #include #include #if ((' ' & 0x0FF) == 0x020) # define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z') # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c)) #else # define ISLOWER(c) \ (('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'i') \ || ('j' <= (c) && (c) <= 'r') \ || ('s' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')) # define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? ((c) | 0x40) : (c)) #endif #define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f))) int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) return 2; return 0; } _ACEOF if ac_fn_cxx_try_run "$LINENO"; then : else ac_cv_header_stdc=no fi rm -f core *.core core.conftest.* gmon.out bb.out conftest$ac_exeext \ conftest.$ac_objext conftest.beam conftest.$ac_ext fi fi fi { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: result: $ac_cv_header_stdc" >&5 $as_echo "$ac_cv_header_stdc" >&6; } if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then $as_echo "#define STDC_HEADERS 1" >>confdefs.h fi # On IRIX 5.3, sys/types and inttypes.h are conflicting. for ac_header in sys/types.h sys/stat.h stdlib.h string.h memory.h strings.h \ inttypes.h stdint.h unistd.h do : as_ac_Header=`$as_echo "ac_cv_header_$ac_header" | $as_tr_sh` ac_fn_cxx_check_header_compile "$LINENO" "$ac_header" "$as_ac_Header" "$ac_includes_default " if eval test \"x\$"$as_ac_Header"\" = x"yes"; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define `$as_echo "HAVE_$ac_header" | $as_tr_cpp` 1 _ACEOF fi done ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "long long" "ac_cv_type_long_long" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_long_long" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_LONG_LONG 1 _ACEOF long64="long long" fi if test "${long64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_LONG64="${long64}" else echo "Error: unable to find a C++ data type for ${name64}" exit 1 fi fi fi fi fi echo " In src/clipper.h, ${name64}" echo " will be declared as '${long64}'" ulong64="" uname64="unsigned 64-bit integers (cUInt)" if test "${CXX1X}" != ""; then ulong64="unsigned long long" POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "uint64_t" "ac_cv_type_uint64_t" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_type_uint64_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_UINT64_T 1 _ACEOF ulong64="uint64_t" fi if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "uint_fast64_t" "ac_cv_type_uint_fast64_t" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_type_uint_fast64_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_UINT_FAST64_T 1 _ACEOF ulong64="uint_fast64_t" fi if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "uint_least64_t" "ac_cv_type_uint_least64_t" "#include " if test "x$ac_cv_type_uint_least64_t" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_UINT_LEAST64_T 1 _ACEOF ulong64="uint_least64_t" fi if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else ac_fn_cxx_check_type "$LINENO" "unsigned long long" "ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long" "$ac_includes_default" if test "x$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long" = xyes; then : cat >>confdefs.h <<_ACEOF #define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG 1 _ACEOF ulong64="unsigned long long" fi if test "${ulong64}" != ""; then POLYCLIP_ULONG64="${ulong64}" else echo "Error: unable to find a C++ data type for ${uname64}" exit 1 fi fi fi fi fi echo " In src/clipper.h, ${uname64}" echo " will be declared as '${ulong64}'" POLYCLIP_CPPFLAGS="-DPOLYCLIP_LONG64=\"${POLYCLIP_LONG64}\" -DPOLYCLIP_ULONG64=\"${POLYCLIP_ULONG64}\"" POLYCLIP_CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS}" ac_config_files="$ac_config_files src/Makevars" cat >confcache <<\_ACEOF # This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure # tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure # scripts and configure runs, see configure's option --config-cache. # It is not useful on other systems. If it contains results you don't # want to keep, you may remove or edit it. # # config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it # the --recheck option to rerun configure. # # `ac_cv_env_foo' variables (set or unset) will be overridden when # loading this file, other *unset* `ac_cv_foo' will be assigned the # following values. _ACEOF # The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values, # but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient. # So, we kill variables containing newlines. # Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly, # and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars. ( for ac_var in `(set) 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^\([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=.*/\1/p'`; do eval ac_val=\$$ac_var case $ac_val in #( *${as_nl}*) case $ac_var in #( *_cv_*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: cache variable $ac_var contains a newline" >&2;} ;; esac case $ac_var in #( _ | IFS | as_nl) ;; #( BASH_ARGV | BASH_SOURCE) eval $ac_var= ;; #( *) { eval $ac_var=; unset $ac_var;} ;; esac ;; esac done (set) 2>&1 | case $as_nl`(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1` in #( *${as_nl}ac_space=\ *) # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes: double-quote # substitution turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \. sed -n \ "s/'/'\\\\''/g; s/^\\([_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1='\\2'/p" ;; #( *) # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes. sed -n "/^[_$as_cr_alnum]*_cv_[_$as_cr_alnum]*=/p" ;; esac | sort ) | sed ' /^ac_cv_env_/b end t clear :clear s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*[{}].*\)$/test "${\1+set}" = set || &/ t end s/^\([^=]*\)=\(.*\)$/\1=${\1=\2}/ :end' >>confcache if diff "$cache_file" confcache >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else if test -w "$cache_file"; then if test "x$cache_file" != "x/dev/null"; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: updating cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: updating cache $cache_file" >&6;} if test ! -f "$cache_file" || test -h "$cache_file"; then cat confcache >"$cache_file" else case $cache_file in #( */* | ?:*) mv -f confcache "$cache_file"$$ && mv -f "$cache_file"$$ "$cache_file" ;; #( *) mv -f confcache "$cache_file" ;; esac fi fi else { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: not updating unwritable cache $cache_file" >&6;} fi fi rm -f confcache test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix # Let make expand exec_prefix. test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}' # Transform confdefs.h into DEFS. # Protect against shell expansion while executing Makefile rules. # Protect against Makefile macro expansion. # # If the first sed substitution is executed (which looks for macros that # take arguments), then branch to the quote section. Otherwise, # look for a macro that doesn't take arguments. ac_script=' :mline /\\$/{ N s,\\\n,, b mline } t clear :clear s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ (][^ (]*([^)]*)\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g t quote s/^[ ]*#[ ]*define[ ][ ]*\([^ ][^ ]*\)[ ]*\(.*\)/-D\1=\2/g t quote b any :quote s/[ `~#$^&*(){}\\|;'\''"<>?]/\\&/g s/\[/\\&/g s/\]/\\&/g s/\$/$$/g H :any ${ g s/^\n// s/\n/ /g p } ' DEFS=`sed -n "$ac_script" confdefs.h` ac_libobjs= ac_ltlibobjs= U= for ac_i in : $LIBOBJS; do test "x$ac_i" = x: && continue # 1. Remove the extension, and $U if already installed. ac_script='s/\$U\././;s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' ac_i=`$as_echo "$ac_i" | sed "$ac_script"` # 2. Prepend LIBOBJDIR. When used with automake>=1.10 LIBOBJDIR # will be set to the directory where LIBOBJS objects are built. as_fn_append ac_libobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i\$U.$ac_objext" as_fn_append ac_ltlibobjs " \${LIBOBJDIR}$ac_i"'$U.lo' done LIBOBJS=$ac_libobjs LTLIBOBJS=$ac_ltlibobjs : "${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}" ac_write_fail=0 ac_clean_files_save=$ac_clean_files ac_clean_files="$ac_clean_files $CONFIG_STATUS" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $CONFIG_STATUS" >&6;} as_write_fail=0 cat >$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 #! $SHELL # Generated by $as_me. # Run this file to recreate the current configuration. # Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging # configure, is in config.log if it exists. debug=false ac_cs_recheck=false ac_cs_silent=false SHELL=\${CONFIG_SHELL-$SHELL} export SHELL _ASEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ASEOF || as_write_fail=1 ## -------------------- ## ## M4sh Initialization. ## ## -------------------- ## # Be more Bourne compatible DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then : emulate sh NULLCMD=: # Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST else case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in #( *posix*) : set -o posix ;; #( *) : ;; esac fi as_nl=' ' export as_nl # Printing a long string crashes Solaris 7 /usr/bin/printf. as_echo='\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\' as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo as_echo=$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo$as_echo # Prefer a ksh shell builtin over an external printf program on Solaris, # but without wasting forks for bash or zsh. if test -z "$BASH_VERSION$ZSH_VERSION" \ && (test "X`print -r -- $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='print -r --' as_echo_n='print -rn --' elif (test "X`printf %s $as_echo`" = "X$as_echo") 2>/dev/null; then as_echo='printf %s\n' as_echo_n='printf %s' else if test "X`(/usr/ucb/echo -n -n $as_echo) 2>/dev/null`" = "X-n $as_echo"; then as_echo_body='eval /usr/ucb/echo -n "$1$as_nl"' as_echo_n='/usr/ucb/echo -n' else as_echo_body='eval expr "X$1" : "X\\(.*\\)"' as_echo_n_body='eval arg=$1; case $arg in #( *"$as_nl"*) expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)$as_nl"; arg=`expr "X$arg" : ".*$as_nl\\(.*\\)"`;; esac; expr "X$arg" : "X\\(.*\\)" | tr -d "$as_nl" ' export as_echo_n_body as_echo_n='sh -c $as_echo_n_body as_echo' fi export as_echo_body as_echo='sh -c $as_echo_body as_echo' fi # The user is always right. if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then PATH_SEPARATOR=: (PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 && { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 || PATH_SEPARATOR=';' } fi # IFS # We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is # there to prevent editors from complaining about space-tab. # (If _AS_PATH_WALK were called with IFS unset, it would disable word # splitting by setting IFS to empty value.) IFS=" "" $as_nl" # Find who we are. Look in the path if we contain no directory separator. as_myself= case $0 in #(( *[\\/]* ) as_myself=$0 ;; *) as_save_IFS=$IFS; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR for as_dir in $PATH do IFS=$as_save_IFS test -z "$as_dir" && as_dir=. test -r "$as_dir/$0" && as_myself=$as_dir/$0 && break done IFS=$as_save_IFS ;; esac # We did not find ourselves, most probably we were run as `sh COMMAND' # in which case we are not to be found in the path. if test "x$as_myself" = x; then as_myself=$0 fi if test ! -f "$as_myself"; then $as_echo "$as_myself: error: cannot find myself; rerun with an absolute file name" >&2 exit 1 fi # Unset variables that we do not need and which cause bugs (e.g. in # pre-3.0 UWIN ksh). But do not cause bugs in bash 2.01; the "|| exit 1" # suppresses any "Segmentation fault" message there. '((' could # trigger a bug in pdksh 5.2.14. for as_var in BASH_ENV ENV MAIL MAILPATH do eval test x\${$as_var+set} = xset \ && ( (unset $as_var) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset $as_var || : done PS1='$ ' PS2='> ' PS4='+ ' # NLS nuisances. LC_ALL=C export LC_ALL LANGUAGE=C export LANGUAGE # CDPATH. (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH # as_fn_error STATUS ERROR [LINENO LOG_FD] # ---------------------------------------- # Output "`basename $0`: error: ERROR" to stderr. If LINENO and LOG_FD are # provided, also output the error to LOG_FD, referencing LINENO. Then exit the # script with STATUS, using 1 if that was 0. as_fn_error () { as_status=$1; test $as_status -eq 0 && as_status=1 if test "$4"; then as_lineno=${as_lineno-"$3"} as_lineno_stack=as_lineno_stack=$as_lineno_stack $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: error: $2" >&$4 fi $as_echo "$as_me: error: $2" >&2 as_fn_exit $as_status } # as_fn_error # as_fn_set_status STATUS # ----------------------- # Set $? to STATUS, without forking. as_fn_set_status () { return $1 } # as_fn_set_status # as_fn_exit STATUS # ----------------- # Exit the shell with STATUS, even in a "trap 0" or "set -e" context. as_fn_exit () { set +e as_fn_set_status $1 exit $1 } # as_fn_exit # as_fn_unset VAR # --------------- # Portably unset VAR. as_fn_unset () { { eval $1=; unset $1;} } as_unset=as_fn_unset # as_fn_append VAR VALUE # ---------------------- # Append the text in VALUE to the end of the definition contained in VAR. Take # advantage of any shell optimizations that allow amortized linear growth over # repeated appends, instead of the typical quadratic growth present in naive # implementations. if (eval "as_var=1; as_var+=2; test x\$as_var = x12") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_append () { eval $1+=\$2 }' else as_fn_append () { eval $1=\$$1\$2 } fi # as_fn_append # as_fn_arith ARG... # ------------------ # Perform arithmetic evaluation on the ARGs, and store the result in the # global $as_val. Take advantage of shells that can avoid forks. The arguments # must be portable across $(()) and expr. if (eval "test \$(( 1 + 1 )) = 2") 2>/dev/null; then : eval 'as_fn_arith () { as_val=$(( $* )) }' else as_fn_arith () { as_val=`expr "$@" || test $? -eq 1` } fi # as_fn_arith if expr a : '\(a\)' >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'`" = X001; then as_expr=expr else as_expr=false fi if (basename -- /) >/dev/null 2>&1 && test "X`basename -- / 2>&1`" = "X/"; then as_basename=basename else as_basename=false fi if (as_dir=`dirname -- /` && test "X$as_dir" = X/) >/dev/null 2>&1; then as_dirname=dirname else as_dirname=false fi as_me=`$as_basename -- "$0" || $as_expr X/"$0" : '.*/\([^/][^/]*\)/*$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$0" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X/"$0" | sed '/^.*\/\([^/][^/]*\)\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\/\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` # Avoid depending upon Character Ranges. as_cr_letters='abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' as_cr_LETTERS='ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' as_cr_Letters=$as_cr_letters$as_cr_LETTERS as_cr_digits='0123456789' as_cr_alnum=$as_cr_Letters$as_cr_digits ECHO_C= ECHO_N= ECHO_T= case `echo -n x` in #((((( -n*) case `echo 'xy\c'` in *c*) ECHO_T=' ';; # ECHO_T is single tab character. xy) ECHO_C='\c';; *) echo `echo ksh88 bug on AIX 6.1` > /dev/null ECHO_T=' ';; esac;; *) ECHO_N='-n';; esac rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.file if test -d conf$$.dir; then rm -f conf$$.dir/conf$$.file else rm -f conf$$.dir mkdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null fi if (echo >conf$$.file) 2>/dev/null; then if ln -s conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s='ln -s' # ... but there are two gotchas: # 1) On MSYS, both `ln -s file dir' and `ln file dir' fail. # 2) DJGPP < 2.04 has no symlinks; `ln -s' creates a wrapper executable. # In both cases, we have to default to `cp -pR'. ln -s conf$$.file conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null && test ! -f conf$$.exe || as_ln_s='cp -pR' elif ln conf$$.file conf$$ 2>/dev/null; then as_ln_s=ln else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi else as_ln_s='cp -pR' fi rm -f conf$$ conf$$.exe conf$$.dir/conf$$.file conf$$.file rmdir conf$$.dir 2>/dev/null # as_fn_mkdir_p # ------------- # Create "$as_dir" as a directory, including parents if necessary. as_fn_mkdir_p () { case $as_dir in #( -*) as_dir=./$as_dir;; esac test -d "$as_dir" || eval $as_mkdir_p || { as_dirs= while :; do case $as_dir in #( *\'*) as_qdir=`$as_echo "$as_dir" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; #'( *) as_qdir=$as_dir;; esac as_dirs="'$as_qdir' $as_dirs" as_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$as_dir" || $as_expr X"$as_dir" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$as_dir" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$as_dir" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` test -d "$as_dir" && break done test -z "$as_dirs" || eval "mkdir $as_dirs" } || test -d "$as_dir" || as_fn_error $? "cannot create directory $as_dir" } # as_fn_mkdir_p if mkdir -p . 2>/dev/null; then as_mkdir_p='mkdir -p "$as_dir"' else test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p as_mkdir_p=false fi # as_fn_executable_p FILE # ----------------------- # Test if FILE is an executable regular file. as_fn_executable_p () { test -f "$1" && test -x "$1" } # as_fn_executable_p as_test_x='test -x' as_executable_p=as_fn_executable_p # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid CPP name. as_tr_cpp="eval sed 'y%*$as_cr_letters%P$as_cr_LETTERS%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" # Sed expression to map a string onto a valid variable name. as_tr_sh="eval sed 'y%*+%pp%;s%[^_$as_cr_alnum]%_%g'" exec 6>&1 ## ----------------------------------- ## ## Main body of $CONFIG_STATUS script. ## ## ----------------------------------- ## _ASEOF test $as_write_fail = 0 && chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Save the log message, to keep $0 and so on meaningful, and to # report actual input values of CONFIG_FILES etc. instead of their # values after options handling. ac_log=" This file was extended by polyclip $as_me 1.5-4, which was generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69. Invocation command line was CONFIG_FILES = $CONFIG_FILES CONFIG_HEADERS = $CONFIG_HEADERS CONFIG_LINKS = $CONFIG_LINKS CONFIG_COMMANDS = $CONFIG_COMMANDS $ $0 $@ on `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q` " _ACEOF case $ac_config_files in *" "*) set x $ac_config_files; shift; ac_config_files=$*;; esac cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Files that config.status was made for. config_files="$ac_config_files" _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_usage="\ \`$as_me' instantiates files and other configuration actions from templates according to the current configuration. Unless the files and actions are specified as TAGs, all are instantiated by default. Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [TAG]... -h, --help print this help, then exit -V, --version print version number and configuration settings, then exit --config print configuration, then exit -q, --quiet, --silent do not print progress messages -d, --debug don't remove temporary files --recheck update $as_me by reconfiguring in the same conditions --file=FILE[:TEMPLATE] instantiate the configuration file FILE Configuration files: $config_files Report bugs to the package provider." _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_cs_config="`$as_echo "$ac_configure_args" | sed 's/^ //; s/[\\""\`\$]/\\\\&/g'`" ac_cs_version="\\ polyclip config.status 1.5-4 configured by $0, generated by GNU Autoconf 2.69, with options \\"\$ac_cs_config\\" Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This config.status script is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it." ac_pwd='$ac_pwd' srcdir='$srcdir' test -n "\$AWK" || AWK=awk _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # The default lists apply if the user does not specify any file. ac_need_defaults=: while test $# != 0 do case $1 in --*=?*) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg=`expr "X$1" : 'X[^=]*=\(.*\)'` ac_shift=: ;; --*=) ac_option=`expr "X$1" : 'X\([^=]*\)='` ac_optarg= ac_shift=: ;; *) ac_option=$1 ac_optarg=$2 ac_shift=shift ;; esac case $ac_option in # Handling of the options. -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r) ac_cs_recheck=: ;; --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v | -V ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_version"; exit ;; --config | --confi | --conf | --con | --co | --c ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_config"; exit ;; --debug | --debu | --deb | --de | --d | -d ) debug=: ;; --file | --fil | --fi | --f ) $ac_shift case $ac_optarg in *\'*) ac_optarg=`$as_echo "$ac_optarg" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"` ;; '') as_fn_error $? "missing file argument" ;; esac as_fn_append CONFIG_FILES " '$ac_optarg'" ac_need_defaults=false;; --he | --h | --help | --hel | -h ) $as_echo "$ac_cs_usage"; exit ;; -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \ | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil | --si | --s) ac_cs_silent=: ;; # This is an error. -*) as_fn_error $? "unrecognized option: \`$1' Try \`$0 --help' for more information." ;; *) as_fn_append ac_config_targets " $1" ac_need_defaults=false ;; esac shift done ac_configure_extra_args= if $ac_cs_silent; then exec 6>/dev/null ac_configure_extra_args="$ac_configure_extra_args --silent" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if \$ac_cs_recheck; then set X $SHELL '$0' $ac_configure_args \$ac_configure_extra_args --no-create --no-recursion shift \$as_echo "running CONFIG_SHELL=$SHELL \$*" >&6 CONFIG_SHELL='$SHELL' export CONFIG_SHELL exec "\$@" fi _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 exec 5>>config.log { echo sed 'h;s/./-/g;s/^.../## /;s/...$/ ##/;p;x;p;x' <<_ASBOX ## Running $as_me. ## _ASBOX $as_echo "$ac_log" } >&5 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # Handling of arguments. for ac_config_target in $ac_config_targets do case $ac_config_target in "src/Makevars") CONFIG_FILES="$CONFIG_FILES src/Makevars" ;; *) as_fn_error $? "invalid argument: \`$ac_config_target'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac done # If the user did not use the arguments to specify the items to instantiate, # then the envvar interface is used. Set only those that are not. # We use the long form for the default assignment because of an extremely # bizarre bug on SunOS 4.1.3. if $ac_need_defaults; then test "${CONFIG_FILES+set}" = set || CONFIG_FILES=$config_files fi # Have a temporary directory for convenience. Make it in the build tree # simply because there is no reason against having it here, and in addition, # creating and moving files from /tmp can sometimes cause problems. # Hook for its removal unless debugging. # Note that there is a small window in which the directory will not be cleaned: # after its creation but before its name has been assigned to `$tmp'. $debug || { tmp= ac_tmp= trap 'exit_status=$? : "${ac_tmp:=$tmp}" { test ! -d "$ac_tmp" || rm -fr "$ac_tmp"; } && exit $exit_status ' 0 trap 'as_fn_exit 1' 1 2 13 15 } # Create a (secure) tmp directory for tmp files. { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "./confXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -d "$tmp" } || { tmp=./conf$$-$RANDOM (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp") } || as_fn_error $? "cannot create a temporary directory in ." "$LINENO" 5 ac_tmp=$tmp # Set up the scripts for CONFIG_FILES section. # No need to generate them if there are no CONFIG_FILES. # This happens for instance with `./config.status config.h'. if test -n "$CONFIG_FILES"; then ac_cr=`echo X | tr X '\015'` # On cygwin, bash can eat \r inside `` if the user requested igncr. # But we know of no other shell where ac_cr would be empty at this # point, so we can use a bashism as a fallback. if test "x$ac_cr" = x; then eval ac_cr=\$\'\\r\' fi ac_cs_awk_cr=`$AWK 'BEGIN { print "a\rb" }' /dev/null` if test "$ac_cs_awk_cr" = "a${ac_cr}b"; then ac_cs_awk_cr='\\r' else ac_cs_awk_cr=$ac_cr fi echo 'BEGIN {' >"$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" && _ACEOF { echo "cat >conf$$subs.awk <<_ACEOF" && echo "$ac_subst_vars" | sed 's/.*/&!$&$ac_delim/' && echo "_ACEOF" } >conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_num=`echo "$ac_subst_vars" | grep -c '^'` ac_delim='%!_!# ' for ac_last_try in false false false false false :; do . ./conf$$subs.sh || as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 ac_delim_n=`sed -n "s/.*$ac_delim\$/X/p" conf$$subs.awk | grep -c X` if test $ac_delim_n = $ac_delim_num; then break elif $ac_last_try; then as_fn_error $? "could not make $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 else ac_delim="$ac_delim!$ac_delim _$ac_delim!! " fi done rm -f conf$$subs.sh cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<\\_ACAWK && _ACEOF sed -n ' h s/^/S["/; s/!.*/"]=/ p g s/^[^!]*!// :repl t repl s/'"$ac_delim"'$// t delim :nl h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/\\n"\\/ p n b repl :more1 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t nl :delim h s/\(.\{148\}\)..*/\1/ t more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"/ p b :more2 s/["\\]/\\&/g; s/^/"/; s/$/"\\/ p g s/.\{148\}// t delim ' >$CONFIG_STATUS || ac_write_fail=1 rm -f conf$$subs.awk cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 _ACAWK cat >>"\$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" <<_ACAWK && for (key in S) S_is_set[key] = 1 FS = "" } { line = $ 0 nfields = split(line, field, "@") substed = 0 len = length(field[1]) for (i = 2; i < nfields; i++) { key = field[i] keylen = length(key) if (S_is_set[key]) { value = S[key] line = substr(line, 1, len) "" value "" substr(line, len + keylen + 3) len += length(value) + length(field[++i]) substed = 1 } else len += 1 + keylen } print line } _ACAWK _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 if sed "s/$ac_cr//" < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then sed "s/$ac_cr\$//; s/$ac_cr/$ac_cs_awk_cr/g" else cat fi < "$ac_tmp/subs1.awk" > "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not setup config files machinery" "$LINENO" 5 _ACEOF # VPATH may cause trouble with some makes, so we remove sole $(srcdir), # ${srcdir} and @srcdir@ entries from VPATH if srcdir is ".", strip leading and # trailing colons and then remove the whole line if VPATH becomes empty # (actually we leave an empty line to preserve line numbers). if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then ac_vpsub='/^[ ]*VPATH[ ]*=[ ]*/{ h s/// s/^/:/ s/[ ]*$/:/ s/:\$(srcdir):/:/g s/:\${srcdir}:/:/g s/:@srcdir@:/:/g s/^:*// s/:*$// x s/\(=[ ]*\).*/\1/ G s/\n// s/^[^=]*=[ ]*$// }' fi cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 fi # test -n "$CONFIG_FILES" eval set X " :F $CONFIG_FILES " shift for ac_tag do case $ac_tag in :[FHLC]) ac_mode=$ac_tag; continue;; esac case $ac_mode$ac_tag in :[FHL]*:*);; :L* | :C*:*) as_fn_error $? "invalid tag \`$ac_tag'" "$LINENO" 5;; :[FH]-) ac_tag=-:-;; :[FH]*) ac_tag=$ac_tag:$ac_tag.in;; esac ac_save_IFS=$IFS IFS=: set x $ac_tag IFS=$ac_save_IFS shift ac_file=$1 shift case $ac_mode in :L) ac_source=$1;; :[FH]) ac_file_inputs= for ac_f do case $ac_f in -) ac_f="$ac_tmp/stdin";; *) # Look for the file first in the build tree, then in the source tree # (if the path is not absolute). The absolute path cannot be DOS-style, # because $ac_f cannot contain `:'. test -f "$ac_f" || case $ac_f in [\\/$]*) false;; *) test -f "$srcdir/$ac_f" && ac_f="$srcdir/$ac_f";; esac || as_fn_error 1 "cannot find input file: \`$ac_f'" "$LINENO" 5;; esac case $ac_f in *\'*) ac_f=`$as_echo "$ac_f" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; esac as_fn_append ac_file_inputs " '$ac_f'" done # Let's still pretend it is `configure' which instantiates (i.e., don't # use $as_me), people would be surprised to read: # /* config.h. Generated by config.status. */ configure_input='Generated from '` $as_echo "$*" | sed 's|^[^:]*/||;s|:[^:]*/|, |g' `' by configure.' if test x"$ac_file" != x-; then configure_input="$ac_file. $configure_input" { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: creating $ac_file" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: creating $ac_file" >&6;} fi # Neutralize special characters interpreted by sed in replacement strings. case $configure_input in #( *\&* | *\|* | *\\* ) ac_sed_conf_input=`$as_echo "$configure_input" | sed 's/[\\\\&|]/\\\\&/g'`;; #( *) ac_sed_conf_input=$configure_input;; esac case $ac_tag in *:-:* | *:-) cat >"$ac_tmp/stdin" \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac ;; esac ac_dir=`$as_dirname -- "$ac_file" || $as_expr X"$ac_file" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ X"$ac_file" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || $as_echo X"$ac_file" | sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ s//\1/ q } /^X\(\/\).*/{ s//\1/ q } s/.*/./; q'` as_dir="$ac_dir"; as_fn_mkdir_p ac_builddir=. case "$ac_dir" in .) ac_dir_suffix= ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_dir_suffix=/`$as_echo "$ac_dir" | sed 's|^\.[\\/]||'` # A ".." for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix. ac_top_builddir_sub=`$as_echo "$ac_dir_suffix" | sed 's|/[^\\/]*|/..|g;s|/||'` case $ac_top_builddir_sub in "") ac_top_builddir_sub=. ac_top_build_prefix= ;; *) ac_top_build_prefix=$ac_top_builddir_sub/ ;; esac ;; esac ac_abs_top_builddir=$ac_pwd ac_abs_builddir=$ac_pwd$ac_dir_suffix # for backward compatibility: ac_top_builddir=$ac_top_build_prefix case $srcdir in .) # We are building in place. ac_srcdir=. ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_builddir_sub ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd ;; [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute name. ac_srcdir=$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix; ac_top_srcdir=$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$srcdir ;; *) # Relative name. ac_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir$ac_dir_suffix ac_top_srcdir=$ac_top_build_prefix$srcdir ac_abs_top_srcdir=$ac_pwd/$srcdir ;; esac ac_abs_srcdir=$ac_abs_top_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix case $ac_mode in :F) # # CONFIG_FILE # _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 # If the template does not know about datarootdir, expand it. # FIXME: This hack should be removed a few years after 2.60. ac_datarootdir_hack=; ac_datarootdir_seen= ac_sed_dataroot=' /datarootdir/ { p q } /@datadir@/p /@docdir@/p /@infodir@/p /@localedir@/p /@mandir@/p' case `eval "sed -n \"\$ac_sed_dataroot\" $ac_file_inputs"` in *datarootdir*) ac_datarootdir_seen=yes;; *@datadir@*|*@docdir@*|*@infodir@*|*@localedir@*|*@mandir@*) { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file_inputs seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting" >&2;} _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_datarootdir_hack=' s&@datadir@&$datadir&g s&@docdir@&$docdir&g s&@infodir@&$infodir&g s&@localedir@&$localedir&g s&@mandir@&$mandir&g s&\\\${datarootdir}&$datarootdir&g' ;; esac _ACEOF # Neutralize VPATH when `$srcdir' = `.'. # Shell code in configure.ac might set extrasub. # FIXME: do we really want to maintain this feature? cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 ac_sed_extra="$ac_vpsub $extrasub _ACEOF cat >>$CONFIG_STATUS <<\_ACEOF || ac_write_fail=1 :t /@[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*@/!b s|@configure_input@|$ac_sed_conf_input|;t t s&@top_builddir@&$ac_top_builddir_sub&;t t s&@top_build_prefix@&$ac_top_build_prefix&;t t s&@srcdir@&$ac_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_srcdir@&$ac_abs_srcdir&;t t s&@top_srcdir@&$ac_top_srcdir&;t t s&@abs_top_srcdir@&$ac_abs_top_srcdir&;t t s&@builddir@&$ac_builddir&;t t s&@abs_builddir@&$ac_abs_builddir&;t t s&@abs_top_builddir@&$ac_abs_top_builddir&;t t $ac_datarootdir_hack " eval sed \"\$ac_sed_extra\" "$ac_file_inputs" | $AWK -f "$ac_tmp/subs.awk" \ >$ac_tmp/out || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 test -z "$ac_datarootdir_hack$ac_datarootdir_seen" && { ac_out=`sed -n '/\${datarootdir}/p' "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -n "$ac_out"; } && { ac_out=`sed -n '/^[ ]*datarootdir[ ]*:*=/p' \ "$ac_tmp/out"`; test -z "$ac_out"; } && { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: $ac_file contains a reference to the variable \`datarootdir' which seems to be undefined. Please make sure it is defined" >&2;} rm -f "$ac_tmp/stdin" case $ac_file in -) cat "$ac_tmp/out" && rm -f "$ac_tmp/out";; *) rm -f "$ac_file" && mv "$ac_tmp/out" "$ac_file";; esac \ || as_fn_error $? "could not create $ac_file" "$LINENO" 5 ;; esac done # for ac_tag as_fn_exit 0 _ACEOF ac_clean_files=$ac_clean_files_save test $ac_write_fail = 0 || as_fn_error $? "write failure creating $CONFIG_STATUS" "$LINENO" 5 # configure is writing to config.log, and then calls config.status. # config.status does its own redirection, appending to config.log. # Unfortunately, on DOS this fails, as config.log is still kept open # by configure, so config.status won't be able to write to it; its # output is simply discarded. So we exec the FD to /dev/null, # effectively closing config.log, so it can be properly (re)opened and # appended to by config.status. When coming back to configure, we # need to make the FD available again. if test "$no_create" != yes; then ac_cs_success=: ac_config_status_args= test "$silent" = yes && ac_config_status_args="$ac_config_status_args --quiet" exec 5>/dev/null $SHELL $CONFIG_STATUS $ac_config_status_args || ac_cs_success=false exec 5>>config.log # Use ||, not &&, to avoid exiting from the if with $? = 1, which # would make configure fail if this is the last instruction. $ac_cs_success || as_fn_exit 1 fi if test -n "$ac_unrecognized_opts" && test "$enable_option_checking" != no; then { $as_echo "$as_me:${as_lineno-$LINENO}: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&5 $as_echo "$as_me: WARNING: unrecognized options: $ac_unrecognized_opts" >&2;} fi polyclip/man/0000755000176200001440000000000012674372617012677 5ustar liggesuserspolyclip/man/polyoffset.Rd0000644000176200001440000001130412674640632015352 0ustar liggesusers\name{polyoffset} \alias{polyoffset} \title{Polygon Offset} \description{ Given a polygonal region, compute the offset region (aka: guard region, buffer region, morphological dilation) formed by shifting the boundary outwards by a specified distance. } \usage{ polyoffset(A, delta, \dots, eps, x0, y0, miterlim=2, arctol=abs(delta)/100, jointype=c("square", "round", "miter")) } \arguments{ \item{A}{Data specifying polygons. See Details.} \item{delta}{Distance over which the boundary should be shifted.} \item{\dots}{Ignored.} \item{eps}{Spatial resolution for coordinates.} \item{x0,y0}{Spatial origin for coordinates.} \item{miterlim,arctol}{Tolerance parameters: see Details.} \item{jointype}{ Type of join operation to be performed at each vertex. See Details. } } \value{ Data specifying polygons, in the same format as \code{A}. } \details{ This is part of an interface to the polygon-clipping library \code{Clipper} written by Angus Johnson. Given a polygonal region \code{A}, the function \code{polyoffset} computes the offset region (also known as the morphological dilation, guard region, buffer region, etc) obtained by shifting the boundary of \code{A} outward by the distance \code{delta}. The argument \code{A} represents a region in the Euclidean plane bounded by closed polygons. The format is either \itemize{ \item a list containing two components \code{x} and \code{y} giving the coordinates of the vertices of a single polygon. The last vertex should not repeat the first vertex. \item a \code{list} of \code{list(x,y)} structures giving the coordinates of the vertices of several polygons. } Note that calculations are performed in integer arithmetic: see below. The argument \code{jointype} determines what happens at the convex vertices of \code{A}. See the Examples for illustrations. \itemize{ \item \code{jointype="round"}: a circular arc is generated. \item \code{jointype="square"}: the circular arc is replaced by a single straight line. \item \code{jointype="miter"}: the circular arc is omitted entirely, or replaced by a single straight line. } The arguments \code{miterlim} and \code{arctol} are tolerances. \itemize{ \item if \code{jointype="round"}, then \code{arctol} is the maximum permissible distance between the true circular arc and its discretised approximation. \item if \code{jointype="miter"}, then \code{miterlimit * delta} is the maximum permissible displacement between the original vertex and the corresponding offset vertex if the circular arc were to be omitted entirely. The default is \code{miterlimit=2} which is also the minimum value. } \bold{Calculations are performed in integer arithmetic} after subtracting \code{x0,y0} from the coordinates, dividing by \code{eps}, and rounding to the nearest 64-bit integer. Thus, \code{eps} is the effective spatial resolution. The default values ensure reasonable accuracy. } \author{Angus Johnson. Ported to \R by Adrian Baddeley \email{Adrian.Baddeley@curtin.edu.au}. } \seealso{ \code{\link{polylineoffset}}, \code{\link{polyclip}}, \code{\link{polysimplify}}, \code{\link{polyminkowski}} } \examples{ A <- list(list(x=c(4,8,8,2,6), y=c(3,3,8,8,6))) plot(c(0,10),c(0,10), type="n", main="jointype=square", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") polygon(A[[1]], col="grey") C <- polyoffset(A, 1, jointype="square") polygon(C[[1]], lwd=3, border="blue") plot(c(0,10),c(0,10), type="n", main="jointype=round", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") polygon(A[[1]], col="grey") C <- polyoffset(A, 1, jointype="round") polygon(C[[1]], lwd=3, border="blue") plot(c(0,10),c(0,10), type="n", main="jointype=miter", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") polygon(A[[1]], col="grey") C <- polyoffset(A, 1, jointype="miter") polygon(C[[1]], lwd=3, border="blue") } \references{ Clipper Website: \url{http://www.angusj.com} Vatti, B. (1992) A generic solution to polygon clipping. \emph{Communications of the ACM} \bold{35} (7) 56--63. \url{http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906} Agoston, M.K. (2005) \emph{Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms.} Springer-Verlag. \url{http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston} Chen, X. and McMains, S. (2005) Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers. Paper no. DETC2005-85513 in \emph{Proceedings of IDETC/CIE 2005} (ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference), pp. 565--575 \url{http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf} } \keyword{spatial} \keyword{math} polyclip/man/polyclip.Rd0000644000176200001440000001134212674640632015015 0ustar liggesusers\name{polyclip} \alias{polyclip} \title{Polygon Clipping} \description{ Find intersection, union or set difference of two polygonal regions. } \usage{ polyclip(A, B, op=c("intersection", "union", "minus", "xor"), \dots, eps, x0, y0, fillA=c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative"), fillB=c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative")) } \arguments{ \item{A,B}{ Data specifying polygons. See Details. } \item{op}{Set operation to be performed to combine \code{A} and \code{B}.} \item{\dots}{Ignored.} \item{eps}{Spatial resolution for coordinates.} \item{x0,y0}{Spatial origin for coordinates.} \item{fillA,fillB}{Polygon-filling rule for \code{A} and \code{B}.} } \value{ Data specifying polygons, in the same format as \code{A} and \code{B}. } \details{ This is an interface to the polygon-clipping library \code{Clipper} written by Angus Johnson. Given two polygonal regions \code{A} and \code{B} the function \code{polyclip} performs one of the following geometrical operations: \itemize{ \item \code{op="intersection"}: set intersection of \code{A} and \code{B}. \item \code{op="union"}: set union of \code{A} and \code{B}. \item \code{op="minus"}: set subtraction (sometimes called set difference): the region covered by \code{A} that is not covered by \code{B}. \item \code{op="xor"}: exclusive set difference (sometimes called exclusive-or): the region covered by exactly one of the sets \code{A} and \code{B}. } Each of the arguments \code{A} and \code{B} represents a region in the Euclidean plane bounded by closed polygons. The format of these arguments is either \itemize{ \item a list containing two components \code{x} and \code{y} giving the coordinates of the vertices of a single polygon. The last vertex should not repeat the first vertex. \item a \code{list} of \code{list(x,y)} structures giving the coordinates of the vertices of several polygons. } Note that calculations are performed in integer arithmetic: see below. The interpretation of the polygons depends on the \emph{polygon-filling rule} for \code{A} and \code{B} that is specified by the arguments \code{fillA} and \code{fillB} respectively. \describe{ \item{Even-Odd:}{ The default rule is \emph{even-odd} filling, in which every polygon edge demarcates a boundary between the inside and outside of the region. It does not matter whether a polygon is traversed in clockwise or anticlockwise order. Holes are determined simply by their locations relative to other polygons such that outers contain holes and holes contain outers. } \item{Non-Zero:}{ Under the \emph{nonzero} filling rule, an outer boundary must be traversed in clockwise order, while a hole must be traversed in anticlockwise order. } \item{Positive:}{ Under the \code{positive} filling rule, the filled region consists of all points with positive winding number. } \item{Negative:}{ Under the \code{negative} filling rule, the filled region consists of all points with negative winding number. } } \bold{Calculations are performed in integer arithmetic} after subtracting \code{x0,y0} from the coordinates, dividing by \code{eps}, and rounding to the nearest integer. Thus, \code{eps} is the effective spatial resolution. The default values ensure reasonable accuracy. } \seealso{ \code{\link{polysimplify}}, \code{\link{polyoffset}}, \code{\link{polylineoffset}}, \code{\link{polyminkowski}} } \author{Angus Johnson. Ported to \R by Adrian Baddeley \email{Adrian.Baddeley@curtin.edu.au}. } \examples{ A <- list(list(x=1:10, y=c(1:5,5:1))) B <- list(list(x=c(2,8,8,2),y=c(0,0,10,10))) plot(c(0,10),c(0,10), type="n", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") polygon(A[[1]]) polygon(B[[1]]) C <- polyclip(A, B) polygon(C[[1]], lwd=3, col=3) } \references{ Clipper Website: \url{http://www.angusj.com} Vatti, B. (1992) A generic solution to polygon clipping. \emph{Communications of the ACM} \bold{35} (7) 56--63. \url{http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906} Agoston, M.K. (2005) \emph{Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms.} Springer-Verlag. \url{http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston} Chen, X. and McMains, S. (2005) Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers. Paper no. DETC2005-85513 in \emph{Proceedings of IDETC/CIE 2005} (ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference), pp. 565--575 \url{http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf} } \keyword{spatial} \keyword{math} polyclip/man/polylineoffset.Rd0000644000176200001440000001352612674640632016232 0ustar liggesusers\name{polylineoffset} \alias{polylineoffset} \title{Polygonal Line Offset} \description{ Given a list of polygonal lines, compute the offset region (guard region, buffer region, morphological dilation) formed by shifting the boundary outwards by a specified distance. } \usage{ polylineoffset(A, delta, \dots, eps, x0, y0, miterlim=2, arctol=abs(delta)/100, jointype=c("square", "round", "miter"), endtype = c("closedpolygon", "closedline", "openbutt", "opensquare", "openround", "closed", "butt", "square", "round")) } \arguments{ \item{A}{Data specifying polygons. See Details.} \item{delta}{Distance over which the boundary should be shifted.} \item{\dots}{Ignored.} \item{eps}{Spatial resolution for coordinates.} \item{x0,y0}{Spatial origin for coordinates.} \item{miterlim,arctol}{Tolerance parameters: see Details.} \item{jointype}{ Type of join operation to be performed at each vertex. See Details. } \item{endtype}{ Type of geometrical operation to be performed at the start and end of each line. See Details. } } \value{ Data specifying polygons, in the same format as \code{A}. } \details{ This is part of an interface to the polygon-clipping library \code{Clipper} written by Angus Johnson. Given a list of polygonal lines \code{A}, the function \code{polylineoffset} computes the offset region (also known as the morphological dilation, guard region, buffer region, etc) obtained by shifting the boundary of \code{A} outward by the distance \code{delta}. The argument \code{A} represents a polygonal line (broken line) or a list of broken lines. The format is either \itemize{ \item a list containing two components \code{x} and \code{y} giving the coordinates of successive vertices of the broken line. \item a \code{list} of \code{list(x,y)} structures giving the coordinates of the vertices of several broken lines. } Lines may be self-intersecting and different lines may intersect each other. Note that calculations are performed in integer arithmetic: see below. The argument \code{jointype} determines what happens at the vertices of each line. See the Examples for illustrations. \itemize{ \item \code{jointype="round"}: a circular arc is generated. \item \code{jointype="square"}: the circular arc is replaced by a single straight line. \item \code{jointype="miter"}: the circular arc is omitted entirely, or replaced by a single straight line. } The argument \code{endtype} determines what happens at the beginning and end of each line. See the Examples for illustrations. \itemize{ \item \code{endtype="closedpolygon"}: ends are joined together (using the \code{jointype} value) and the path filled as a polygon. \item \code{endtype="closedline"}: ends are joined together (using the \code{jointype} value) and the path is filled as a polyline. \item \code{endtype="openbutt"}: ends are squared off abruptly. \item \code{endtype="opensquare"}: ends are squared off at distance \code{delta}. \item \code{endtype="openround"}: ends are replaced by a semicircular arc. } The values \code{endtype="closed"}, \code{"butt"}, \code{"square"} and \code{"round"} are deprecated; they are equivalent to \code{endtype="closedpolygon"}, \code{"openbutt"}, \code{"opensquare"} and \code{"openround"} respectively. The arguments \code{miterlim} and \code{arctol} are tolerances. \itemize{ \item if \code{jointype="round"}, then \code{arctol} is the maximum permissible distance between the true circular arc and its discretised approximation. \item if \code{jointype="miter"}, then \code{miterlimit * delta} is the maximum permissible displacement between the original vertex and the corresponding offset vertex if the circular arc were to be omitted entirely. The default is \code{miterlimit=2} which is also the minimum value. } \bold{Calculations are performed in integer arithmetic} after subtracting \code{x0,y0} from the coordinates, dividing by \code{eps}, and rounding to the nearest integer. Thus, \code{eps} is the effective spatial resolution. The default values ensure reasonable accuracy. } \author{Angus Johnson. Ported to \R by Adrian Baddeley \email{Adrian.Baddeley@curtin.edu.au}. } \seealso{ \code{\link{polyoffset}}, \code{\link{polysimplify}}, \code{\link{polyclip}}, \code{\link{polyminkowski}} } \examples{ A <- list(list(x=c(4,8,8,2,6), y=c(3,3,8,8,6))) plot(c(0,10),c(0,10), type="n", main="jointype=square, endtype=opensquare", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") lines(A[[1]], col="grey", lwd=3) C <- polylineoffset(A, 0.5, jointype="square", endtype="opensquare") polygon(C[[1]], lwd=3, border="blue") plot(c(0,10),c(0,10), type="n", main="jointype=round, endtype=openround", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") lines(A[[1]], col="grey", lwd=3) C <- polylineoffset(A, 0.5, jointype="round", endtype="openround") polygon(C[[1]], lwd=3, border="blue") } \references{ Clipper Website: \url{http://www.angusj.com} Vatti, B. (1992) A generic solution to polygon clipping. \emph{Communications of the ACM} \bold{35} (7) 56--63. \url{http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=129906} Agoston, M.K. (2005) \emph{Computer graphics and geometric modeling: implementation and algorithms.} Springer-Verlag. \url{http://books.google.com/books?q=vatti+clipping+agoston} Chen, X. and McMains, S. (2005) Polygon Offsetting by Computing Winding Numbers. Paper no. DETC2005-85513 in \emph{Proceedings of IDETC/CIE 2005} (ASME 2005 International Design Engineering Technical Conferences and Computers and Information in Engineering Conference), pp. 565--575 \url{http://www.me.berkeley.edu/~mcmains/pubs/DAC05OffsetPolygon.pdf} } \keyword{spatial} \keyword{math} polyclip/man/polysimplify.Rd0000644000176200001440000000672012674640632015726 0ustar liggesusers\name{polysimplify} \alias{polysimplify} \title{ Remove Self-Intersections from a Polygon } \description{ This function attempts to remove self-intersections and duplicated vertices from the given polygon. } \usage{ polysimplify(A, \dots, eps, x0, y0, filltype = c("evenodd", "nonzero", "positive", "negative")) } \arguments{ \item{A}{ Data specifying a polygon or polygons. See Details. } \item{\dots}{ Ignored. } \item{eps}{Spatial resolution for coordinates.} \item{x0,y0}{Spatial origin for coordinates.} \item{filltype}{Polygon-filling rule. See Details.} } \details{ This is an interface to the function \code{SimplifyPolygons} in Angus Johnson's \code{C++} library \pkg{Clipper}. It tries to remove self-intersections from the supplied polygon, by performing a boolean union operation using the nominated \code{filltype}. The result may be one or several polygons. The argument \code{A} should be either \itemize{ \item a list containing two components \code{x} and \code{y} giving the coordinates of the vertices of a single polygon. The last vertex should not repeat the first vertex. \item a \code{list} of \code{list(x,y)} structures giving the coordinates of the vertices of several polygons. } The argument \code{filltype} determines the polygon fill type. \describe{ \item{Even-Odd:}{ The default rule is \emph{even-odd} filling, in which every polygon edge demarcates a boundary between the inside and outside of the region. It does not matter whether a polygon is traversed in clockwise or anticlockwise order. Holes are determined simply by their locations relative to other polygons such that outers contain holes and holes contain outers. } \item{Non-Zero:}{ Under the \emph{nonzero} filling rule, an outer boundary must be traversed in clockwise order, while a hole must be traversed in anticlockwise order. } \item{Positive:}{ Under the \code{positive} filling rule, the filled region consists of all points with positive winding number. } \item{Negative:}{ Under the \code{negative} filling rule, the filled region consists of all points with negative winding number. } } \bold{Calculations are performed in integer arithmetic} after subtracting \code{x0,y0} from the coordinates, dividing by \code{eps}, and rounding to the nearest integer. Thus, \code{eps} is the effective spatial resolution. The default values ensure reasonable accuracy. } \value{ Data specifying polygons, in the same format as \code{A}. } \author{Angus Johnson. Ported to \R by Adrian Baddeley \email{Adrian.Baddeley@curtin.edu.au}. } \references{ Clipper Website: \url{http://www.angusj.com} } \seealso{ \code{\link{polyclip}}, \code{\link{polyoffset}}, \code{\link{polylineoffset}}, \code{\link{polyminkowski}} } \examples{ theta <- 2 * pi * (0:5) * 2/5 A <- list(list(x=sin(theta), y=cos(theta))) B <- polysimplify(A, filltype="nonzero") opa <- par(mfrow=c(1,2)) plot(c(-1,1),c(-1,1), type="n", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") with(A[[1]], segments(x[-6], y[-6], x[-1], y[-1], col="red")) points(A[[1]], col="red") with(A[[1]], text(x[1:5], y[1:5], labels=1:5, cex=2)) plot(c(-1,1),c(-1,1), type="n", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="") polygon(B[[1]], lwd=3, col="green") with(B[[1]], text(x,y,labels=seq_along(x), cex=2)) par(opa) } \keyword{spatial} \keyword{manip} polyclip/man/polyminkowski.Rd0000644000176200001440000000535012674640632016103 0ustar liggesusers\name{polyminkowski} \alias{polyminkowski} \title{ Minkowski Sum of Polygon with Path } \description{ Compute the Minkowski Sum of a polygon with a path or paths. } \usage{ polyminkowski(A, B, \dots, eps, x0, y0, closed=TRUE) } \arguments{ \item{A}{ Data specifying a polygon or polygons. See Details. } \item{B}{ Data specifying a path or paths. See Details. } \item{\dots}{ Ignored. } \item{eps}{Spatial resolution for coordinates.} \item{x0,y0}{Spatial origin for coordinates.} \item{closed}{ Logical value indicating whether the resulting path should be interpreted as closed (last vertex joined to first vertex and interior filled in). } } \details{ This is an interface to the function \code{MinkowskiSum} in Angus Johnson's \code{C++} library \pkg{Clipper}. It computes the Minkowski Sum of the polygon \code{A} (including its interior) with the path or paths \code{B} (\emph{excluding} their interior). The argument \code{A} should be a list containing two components \code{x} and \code{y} giving the coordinates of the vertices of a single polygon. The last vertex should not repeat the first vertex. The argument \code{B} should be either \itemize{ \item a list containing two components \code{x} and \code{y} giving the coordinates of the vertices of a single polygon or path. The last vertex should not repeat the first vertex. \item a \code{list} of \code{list(x,y)} structures giving the coordinates of the vertices of several polygons or paths. } \bold{Calculations are performed in integer arithmetic} after subtracting \code{x0,y0} from the coordinates, dividing by \code{eps}, and rounding to the nearest integer. Thus, \code{eps} is the effective spatial resolution. The default values ensure reasonable accuracy. } \value{ Data specifying polygons, in the same format as \code{A}. } \author{Angus Johnson. Ported to \R by Adrian Baddeley \email{Adrian.Baddeley@curtin.edu.au}. } \references{ Clipper Website: \url{http://www.angusj.com} } \seealso{ \code{\link{polyclip}}, \code{\link{polyoffset}}, \code{\link{polylineoffset}}, \code{\link{polysimplify}} } \examples{ A <- list(list(x=c(-3,3,3,-3),y=c(-3,-3,3,3))) B <- list(list(x=c(-1,1,1,-1),y=c(-1,-1,1,1))) C <- polyminkowski(A, B) opa <- par(mfrow=c(1,3)) rr <- c(-4, 4) plot(rr, rr, type="n", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="", main="A") polygon(A[[1]], col="blue") plot(rr,rr, type="n", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="", main="B") polygon(B[[1]], border="red", lwd=4) plot(rr,rr, type="n", axes=FALSE, xlab="", ylab="", main="A+B") polygon(C[[1]], col="green") polygon(C[[2]], col="white") par(opa) } \keyword{spatial} \keyword{manip} polyclip/configure.win0000755000176200001440000000000012224433175014601 0ustar liggesuserspolyclip/cleanup0000755000176200001440000000005412224433602013457 0ustar liggesusers#!/bin/sh rm -f config.* src/Makevars